WO2022138790A1 - Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination - Google Patents
Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022138790A1 WO2022138790A1 PCT/JP2021/047764 JP2021047764W WO2022138790A1 WO 2022138790 A1 WO2022138790 A1 WO 2022138790A1 JP 2021047764 W JP2021047764 W JP 2021047764W WO 2022138790 A1 WO2022138790 A1 WO 2022138790A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- substituent
- ring
- formula
- carbon atoms
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 138
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 title 1
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 304
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims abstract description 276
- -1 polycyclic heterocyclic compound Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 221
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 201
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 163
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 145
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims abstract description 144
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 92
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims abstract description 83
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 684
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 106
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 57
- NLFBCYMMUAKCPC-KQQUZDAGSA-N ethyl (e)-3-[3-amino-2-cyano-1-[(e)-3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl]sulfanyl-3-oxoprop-1-enyl]sulfanylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C\SC(=C(C#N)C(N)=O)S\C=C\C(=O)OCC NLFBCYMMUAKCPC-KQQUZDAGSA-N 0.000 claims description 40
- OBTZDIRUQWFRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)-n-(4-methylphenyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide Chemical compound O1C(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(=O)NC=2C=CC(C)=CC=2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=N1 OBTZDIRUQWFRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 34
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004431 deuterium atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- DRSHXJFUUPIBHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1ccc(cc1)N1N=CC2C=NC(Nc3cc(OC)c(OC)c(OCCCN4CCN(C)CC4)c3)=NC12 Chemical compound COc1ccc(cc1)N1N=CC2C=NC(Nc3cc(OC)c(OC)c(OCCCN4CCN(C)CC4)c3)=NC12 DRSHXJFUUPIBHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 10
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 346
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 151
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 141
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 105
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 80
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 80
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 67
- 230000005525 hole transport Effects 0.000 description 47
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 41
- HTSGKJQDMSTCGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylbutane-1,4-dione Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C(C(=O)C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)CC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 HTSGKJQDMSTCGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 40
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 40
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 37
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 37
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 36
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 34
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 33
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 28
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 27
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 27
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 25
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 25
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 22
- 238000004768 lowest unoccupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 21
- 125000005577 anthracene group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 19
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 16
- 125000005581 pyrene group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N chrysene Chemical group C1=CC=CC2=CC=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C=CC3=C21 WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000004770 highest occupied molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 15
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 15
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 14
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 14
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical group C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 13
- 239000011254 layer-forming composition Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 13
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- TXCDCPKCNAJMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TXCDCPKCNAJMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 12
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 12
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 12
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 11
- IYYZUPMFVPLQIF-ALWQSETLSA-N dibenzothiophene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2[34S]C3=C(C=21)C=CC=C3 IYYZUPMFVPLQIF-ALWQSETLSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 11
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- HHNHBFLGXIUXCM-GFCCVEGCSA-N cyclohexylbenzene Chemical compound [CH]1CCCC[C@@H]1C1=CC=CC=C1 HHNHBFLGXIUXCM-GFCCVEGCSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 10
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 10
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000005580 triphenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- TXVHTIQJNYSSKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[e]pyrene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C34 TXVHTIQJNYSSKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 9
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000005579 tetracene group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000005259 triarylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- DPZNOMCNRMUKPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Dimethoxybenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1 DPZNOMCNRMUKPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QPUYECUOLPXSFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylnaphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C)=CC=CC2=C1 QPUYECUOLPXSFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- XSIFPSYPOVKYCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl benzoate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XSIFPSYPOVKYCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 8
- MTZQAGJQAFMTAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl benzoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MTZQAGJQAFMTAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QPJVMBTYPHYUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- KTQYWNARBMKMCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraphenylene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 KTQYWNARBMKMCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- ABDKAPXRBAPSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N veratrole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1OC ABDKAPXRBAPSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000003759 ester based solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 7
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- CSNIZNHTOVFARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-benzothiazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2C=NSC2=C1 CSNIZNHTOVFARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KTZQTRPPVKQPFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-benzoxazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2C=NOC2=C1 KTZQTRPPVKQPFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CHLICZRVGGXEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Methoxy-4-methylbenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 CHLICZRVGGXEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- AVRPFRMDMNDIDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-quinazolin-2-one Chemical group C1=CC=CC2=NC(O)=NC=C21 AVRPFRMDMNDIDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004986 diarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004210 ether based solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- VVVPGLRKXQSQSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolo[3,2-c]carbazole Chemical group C1=CC=CC2=NC3=C4C5=CC=CC=C5N=C4C=CC3=C21 VVVPGLRKXQSQSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000004776 molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 6
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical group C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000005327 perimidinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 6
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical group C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GZTPJDLYPMPRDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyrazole Chemical group N1=NC2=CC=NC2=C1 GZTPJDLYPMPRDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VJYJJHQEVLEOFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N thieno[3,2-b]thiophene Chemical group S1C=CC2=C1C=CS2 VJYJJHQEVLEOFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 6
- DXBHBZVCASKNBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Benz(a)anthracene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC4=CC=CC=C4C=C3C=CC2=C1 DXBHBZVCASKNBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001454 anthracenes Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 5
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 5
- 125000003914 fluoranthenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C1=C23)* 0.000 description 5
- 125000003709 fluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- WUNJCKOTXFSWBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indeno[2,1-a]carbazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=NC5=CC=CC=C5C4=CC=C3C2=C1 WUNJCKOTXFSWBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 5
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 5
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 5
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003335 steric effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- OSIGJGFTADMDOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Methoxy-3-methylbenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 OSIGJGFTADMDOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BLMBNEVGYRXFNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxy-2,3-dimethylbenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C)=C1C BLMBNEVGYRXFNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UJCFZCTTZWHRNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-Dimethylanisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1C UJCFZCTTZWHRNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical group C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IPBVNPXQWQGGJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid phenyl ester Natural products CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 IPBVNPXQWQGGJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000001691 aryl alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 4
- UDEWPOVQBGFNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid n-propyl ester Natural products CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 UDEWPOVQBGFNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N decalin Chemical compound C1CCCC2CCCCC21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N decane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001975 deuterium Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 4
- IIEWJVIFRVWJOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylcyclohexane Chemical compound CCC1CCCCC1 IIEWJVIFRVWJOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000008571 general function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCO ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- AUHZEENZYGFFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N mesitylene Substances CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1 AUHZEENZYGFFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940095102 methyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- OLXYLDUSSBULGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl pyridine-4-carboxylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=NC=C1 OLXYLDUSSBULGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 4
- DYUMLJSJISTVPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl propanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 DYUMLJSJISTVPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940049953 phenylacetate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UOHMMEJUHBCKEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N prehnitene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=C1C UOHMMEJUHBCKEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoxaline Chemical group N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000001771 vacuum deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LZDKZFUFMNSQCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diethoxyethane Chemical compound CCOCCOCC LZDKZFUFMNSQCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Diphenylbenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 YJTKZCDBKVTVBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DTFKRVXLBCAIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylanisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1C DTFKRVXLBCAIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000006443 Buchwald-Hartwig cross coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000005264 aryl amine group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003828 azulenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005578 chrysene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001664 diethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004705 ethylthio group Chemical group C(C)S* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 3
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000578 graft copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexabenzobenzene Natural products C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C4C3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C2C3=C1 VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 3
- PJULCNAVAGQLAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N indeno[2,1-a]fluorene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C4=CC=C3C2=C1 PJULCNAVAGQLAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001827 mesitylenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C(C(*)=C(C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005029 naphthylthio group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)S* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DLRJIFUOBPOJNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenetole Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=CC=C1 DLRJIFUOBPOJNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005554 pyridyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005030 pyridylthio group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC=C1)S* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 3
- 229920005604 random copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229910021642 ultra pure water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012498 ultrapure water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- RELMFMZEBKVZJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-trichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1Cl RELMFMZEBKVZJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RFFLAFLAYFXFSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1Cl RFFLAFLAYFXFSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001989 1,3-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:1])=C([H])C([*:2])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001140 1,4-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:2])=C([H])C([H])=C1[*:1] 0.000 description 2
- ZMLPKJYZRQZLDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-phenylethenyl)-4-[4-(2-phenylethenyl)phenyl]benzene Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC(C=C1)=CC=C1C(C=C1)=CC=C1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZMLPKJYZRQZLDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UALKQROXOHJHFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethoxy-3-methylbenzene Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 UALKQROXOHJHFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LIWRTHVZRZXVFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenyl-3-propan-2-ylbenzene Chemical group CC(C)C1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 LIWRTHVZRZXVFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000005725 8-Hydroxyquinoline Substances 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004057 DFT-B3LYP calculation Methods 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LMHIPJMTZHDKEW-XQYLJSSYSA-M Epoprostenol sodium Chemical group [Na+].O1\C(=C/CCCC([O-])=O)C[C@@H]2[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]21 LMHIPJMTZHDKEW-XQYLJSSYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical group C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinacridone Chemical class N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=C1C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3NC1=C2 NRCMAYZCPIVABH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006887 Ullmann reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004062 acenaphthenyl group Chemical group C1(CC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000005456 alcohol based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005001 aminoaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003849 aromatic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008378 aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N azulene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002529 biphenylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acetate Chemical compound CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052792 caesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caesium atom Chemical compound [Cs] TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 2
- GBRBMTNGQBKBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper;diiodide Chemical compound I[Cu]I GBRBMTNGQBKBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanol Chemical compound OC1CCCCC1 HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WVIIMZNLDWSIRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylcyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1C1CCCCC1 WVIIMZNLDWSIRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FHADSMKORVFYOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctanol Chemical compound OC1CCCCCCC1 FHADSMKORVFYOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIRFCWANHMSDCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCCC1 IIRFCWANHMSDCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- RXKJFZQQPQGTFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxyacetone Chemical compound OCC(=O)CO RXKJFZQQPQGTFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005401 electroluminescence Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C[CH]C=CC3=CC2=C1 RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003707 hexyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000005453 ketone based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- WSGCRAOTEDLMFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonan-5-one Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)CCCC WSGCRAOTEDLMFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-biphenylenemethane Natural products C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003540 oxyquinoline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004585 polycyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RQGPLDBZHMVWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole Chemical group C1=NC2=CC=NC2=C1 RQGPLDBZHMVWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MCJGNVYPOGVAJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinolin-8-ol Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 MCJGNVYPOGVAJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 SLGBZMMZGDRARJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004506 ultrasonic cleaning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009834 vaporization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008016 vaporization Effects 0.000 description 2
- PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vertaline Natural products C1C2C=3C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=3OC(C=C3)=CC=C3CCC(=O)OC1CC1N2CCCC1 PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKIRBHVFJGXOIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-di(propan-2-yl)benzene Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1C(C)C OKIRBHVFJGXOIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIAQMFOKAXHPNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diphenylbenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 OIAQMFOKAXHPNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000355 1,3-benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- IJAAWBHHXIWAHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(2-phenylethenyl)benzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC(C=C1)=CC=C1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 IJAAWBHHXIWAHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPPWGCYEYAMHDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-di(propan-2-yl)benzene Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(C(C)C)C=C1 SPPWGCYEYAMHDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OCJBOOLMMGQPQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 OCJBOOLMMGQPQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJKSTNDFUHDPQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-diphenylbenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C1 XJKSTNDFUHDPQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEBQUUKDSJCPIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 12h-benzo[a]thioxanthene Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=C3CC4=CC=CC=C4SC3=CC=C21 YEBQUUKDSJCPIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQRCTQVBZYBPQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 189363-47-1 Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1N(C=1C=C2C3(C4=CC(=CC=C4C2=CC=1)N(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC(=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C=C13)N(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)N(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MQRCTQVBZYBPQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVFJWYZMQAEBMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-benzo[h]quinolin-10-one Chemical compound C1=CNC2=C3C(=O)C=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 ZVFJWYZMQAEBMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJMZRBZETLXDSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-thieno[3,2-c]pyrazole Chemical group N1N=CC2=C1C=CS2 LJMZRBZETLXDSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPSPIUSUWPLVKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dibutyl-6-methylphenol Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=C(C)C(O)=C1CCCC SPSPIUSUWPLVKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSENZNPLAVRFMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dibutylphenol Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=CC(O)=C1CCCC NSENZNPLAVRFMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STTGYIUESPWXOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline Chemical compound C=12C=CC3=C(C=4C=CC=CC=4)C=C(C)N=C3C2=NC(C)=CC=1C1=CC=CC=C1 STTGYIUESPWXOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-7-methoxychromen-4-one Chemical compound C=1C(OC)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLYPIBBGWLKELC-RMKNXTFCSA-N 2-[2-[(e)-2-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]ethenyl]-6-methylpyran-4-ylidene]propanedinitrile Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\C=C\C1=CC(=C(C#N)C#N)C=C(C)O1 YLYPIBBGWLKELC-RMKNXTFCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006176 2-ethylbutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- MTUBTKOZCCGPSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-n-naphthalen-1-yl-1-n,1-n,2-n-triphenylbenzene-1,2-diamine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1N(C=1C(=CC=CC=1)N(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C2=CC=CC=C2C=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MTUBTKOZCCGPSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSMJMUQZRGZMQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-naphthalen-1-yl-1H-imidazo[4,5-f][1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C12=CC=CN=C2C2=NC=CC=C2C2=C1NC(C=1C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=1)=N2 NSMJMUQZRGZMQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSSXLFACIJSBOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-pyran-2-ol Chemical group OC1OC=CC=C1 GSSXLFACIJSBOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1h-benzimidazol-2-yl)-7-(diethylamino)chromen-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C3=CC4=CC=C(C=C4OC3=O)N(CC)CC)=NC2=C1 GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVFQEOPUXVPSLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-(4-phenylphenyl)-1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(N1C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NN=C1C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C1 ZVFQEOPUXVPSLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004920 4-methyl-2-pentyl group Chemical group CC(CC(C)*)C 0.000 description 1
- XXPBFNVKTVJZKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene Chemical group C1=CC=C2CCC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 XXPBFNVKTVJZKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001316 Ag alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001148 Al-Li alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical group [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MRABAEUHTLLEML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl lactate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C(C)O MRABAEUHTLLEML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003747 Grignard reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000846 In alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FEXQDZTYJVXMOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropyl benzoate Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FEXQDZTYJVXMOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXOFVDLJLONNDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenytoin Chemical group N1C(=O)NC(=O)C1(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 CXOFVDLJLONNDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical group C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006069 Suzuki reaction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007099 Yamamoto allylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005083 Zinc sulfide Substances 0.000 description 1
- JFBZPFYRPYOZCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Li].[Al] Chemical compound [Li].[Al] JFBZPFYRPYOZCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHYLKGDXMUDNEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Mg].[In] Chemical compound [Mg].[In] JHYLKGDXMUDNEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical compound [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004984 aromatic diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008365 aromatic ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007611 bar coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium atom Chemical compound [Ba] DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzidine Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001562 benzopyrans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- IGARGHRYKHJQSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylbenzene Chemical compound C1CCCCC1C1=CC=CC=C1 IGARGHRYKHJQSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002933 cyclohexyloxy group Chemical group C1(CCCCC1)O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940117389 dichlorobenzene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007607 die coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002897 diene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005240 diheteroarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HBGGXOJOCNVPFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisononyl phthalate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCCCCCC(C)C HBGGXOJOCNVPFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTVWZWFKMIUSGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylethyleneglycol Natural products CC(C)(O)CO BTVWZWFKMIUSGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003618 dip coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010893 electron trap Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940116333 ethyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol Substances OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005446 heptyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005241 heteroarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008040 ionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002510 isobutoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003253 isopropoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(O*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical group C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001989 lithium alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- SJCKRGFTWFGHGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium silver Chemical compound [Mg].[Ag] SJCKRGFTWFGHGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical group O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- IBHBKWKFFTZAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-[4-(n-naphthalen-1-ylanilino)phenyl]phenyl]-n-phenylnaphthalen-1-amine Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1N(C=1C2=CC=CC=C2C=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2)C=C1 IBHBKWKFFTZAHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006606 n-butoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940017144 n-butyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003506 n-propoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005447 octyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930184652 p-Terphenyl Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005582 pentacene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004115 pentoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005003 perfluorobutyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- NJCBUSHGCBERSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluoropentane Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F NJCBUSHGCBERSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005009 perfluoropropyl group Chemical group FC(C(C(F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical class N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006255 plastic film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003227 poly(N-vinyl carbazole) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000767 polyaniline Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000412 polyarylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000128 polypyrrole Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000123 polythiophene Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002250 progressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002572 propoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- MHOZZUICEDXVGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[2,3-d]imidazole Chemical group C1=NC2=CC=NC2=N1 MHOZZUICEDXVGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012827 research and development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000027756 respiratory electron transport chain Effects 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical class [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- IGLNJRXAVVLDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N rubidium atom Chemical compound [Rb] IGLNJRXAVVLDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000007650 screen-printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005920 sec-butoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SBIBMFFZSBJNJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N selenium;zinc Chemical compound [Se]=[Zn] SBIBMFFZSBJNJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 1
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004469 siloxy group Chemical group [SiH3]O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC(C)(C)[O-] MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003413 spiro compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940042055 systemic antimycotics triazole derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001973 tert-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- IFLREYGFSNHWGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC=CC=C4C=C3C=C21 IFLREYGFSNHWGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007736 thin film deposition technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ODHXBMXNKOYIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylamine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1N(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 ODHXBMXNKOYIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006617 triphenylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052984 zinc sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DRDVZXDWVBGGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc;sulfide Chemical compound [S-2].[Zn+2] DRDVZXDWVBGGMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
- H10K85/658—Organoboranes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic Table
- C07F5/02—Boron compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
- C09K11/06—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
- G09F9/30—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B33/00—Electroluminescent light sources
- H05B33/10—Apparatus or processes specially adapted to the manufacture of electroluminescent light sources
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
- H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
- H10K50/11—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
- H10K50/12—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers comprising dopants
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
- H10K85/631—Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
- H10K85/649—Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
- H10K85/654—Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom comprising only nitrogen as heteroatom
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
- H10K85/649—Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
- H10K85/657—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
- H10K85/6572—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only nitrogen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. phenanthroline or carbazole
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
- H10K85/60—Organic compounds having low molecular weight
- H10K85/649—Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
- H10K85/657—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
- H10K85/6574—Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only oxygen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. cumarine dyes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
- H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
- H10K50/11—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
- H10K59/10—OLED displays
- H10K59/17—Passive-matrix OLED displays
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a composition for forming a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent element, and an organic electroluminescent element, an organic EL display device, and an organic EL lighting using the composition.
- OLED organic electroluminescent device
- An organic electroluminescent device usually has a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, an electron transport layer, etc. between an anode and a cathode, and materials suitable for each of these layers are being developed. Yes, the emission colors are red, green, and blue, and development is progressing for each.
- the vacuum vapor deposition method is easy to stack, it has the advantages of improving charge injection from the anode and / or cathode and facilitating containment of excitons in the light emitting layer.
- the wet film forming method does not require a vacuum process, it is easy to increase the area, and by using a coating liquid in which a plurality of materials having various functions are mixed, a plurality of materials having various functions can be easily obtained.
- advantages such as being able to form a layer containing the above materials. Therefore, in recent years, research and development of an organic electroluminescent device by a wet film forming method has been energetically carried out.
- Patent Documents 1 to 5 study an organic electroluminescent element that forms a light emitting layer containing a light emitting material having a polycyclic heterocyclic compound skeleton containing boron and nitrogen by a wet film forming method. However, it is desired to further extend the drive life of the device. Further, it is desired to reduce the voltage drive of the element and improve the luminous efficiency.
- An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device which has a light emitting layer containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron, exhibits excellent device characteristics, and has a particularly long drive life.
- the present invention also provides an organic electroluminescent device which has a light emitting layer containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron, exhibits excellent element characteristics, is driven at a low voltage, has high luminous efficiency, and has a long driving life. The task is to do.
- the gist of the present invention is as follows [1] to [23].
- Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
- Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
- R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
- the R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, ⁇ . It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
- Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- the adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y. At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
- Compound I Compound represented by the following formula (20)
- Compound II Compound represented by the following formula (200)
- Compound III Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230)
- Compound IV Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
- Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.
- W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
- Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
- Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent.
- Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
- At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
- a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
- a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
- a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
- R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
- the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively.
- Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
- Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively. n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
- Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
- G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
- n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
- At least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 is the following formula (21) or the following formula.
- Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.
- the structure represented by the above formula (21) is represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4), or (21-5). It is a structure, and the structure represented by the above formula (22) is a structure represented by the following formula (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4).
- Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the formula (230) are represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13).
- Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
- a method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device which comprises a step of applying and drying the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [1] to [9] to form a light emitting layer.
- a method for manufacturing an organic EL display device which comprises the method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device according to [10].
- a method for manufacturing an organic EL lighting including the method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent element according to [10].
- It has an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer provided between the anode and the cathode, and the light emitting layer includes a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (1), the following compound I, and the following compound.
- An organic electroluminescent device comprising II, the following compound III, and at least one of the following compounds IV.
- Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
- Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
- R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
- the R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, ⁇ . It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
- Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- the adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y. At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
- Compound I Compound represented by the following formula (20)
- Compound II Compound represented by the following formula (200)
- Compound III Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230)
- Compound IV Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
- Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.
- W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
- Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
- Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent.
- Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
- At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
- a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
- a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
- a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
- R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
- the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively.
- Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
- Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively. n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
- Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
- G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
- n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
- At least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 , and Ar 34 is the following formula (21) or the following formula (22). ), The organic electroluminescent device according to [13] or [14].
- Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.
- the structure represented by the above formula (21) is represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4) or (21-5).
- the structure represented by the above formula (22) is a structure represented by the following formula (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4), [ 15] The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [17].
- Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the formula (230) are represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13).
- Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
- An organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [13] to [21].
- Organic EL lighting including the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [13] to [21].
- the composition for forming a light emitting layer and an organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device that exhibits excellent device characteristics and has a particularly long drive life. Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device which exhibits excellent device characteristics and has particularly high luminous efficiency. Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device which exhibits excellent device characteristics and is particularly effective in lowering the voltage. Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent element which exhibits excellent element characteristics, is driven at a low voltage, has high luminous efficiency, and has a long driving life.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a structural example of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention the organic electroluminescent element, the organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent element, and the embodiment of the organic EL lighting including the organic electroluminescent element are described in detail.
- the following description is an example (representative example) of an embodiment of the present invention, and the present invention is not specified in these contents unless the gist thereof is exceeded.
- the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device contains at least a material having light emitting properties (light emitting material), and preferably contains one or more host materials.
- the host material is usually a charge transport material, but a material having a low charge transport property may be blended in order to adjust the charge transport property.
- the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as "the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention") is a polycyclic heterocycle represented by the following formula (1) as a light emitting material. It contains a compound, and as a host material, it contains at least one of the following compound I, the following compound II, the following compound III, and the following compound IV, and further contains an organic solvent.
- Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
- Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
- R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
- the R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, ⁇ . It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
- Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- the adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y. At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
- Compound I Compound represented by the following formula (20)
- Compound II Compound represented by the following formula (200)
- Compound III Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230)
- Compound IV Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
- Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.
- W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
- Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
- Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent.
- Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
- At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
- a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
- a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
- a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
- R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
- the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively.
- Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
- Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively. n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
- Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
- G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
- n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) functions as a light emitting material
- the compound I, the compound II, the compound III, Compound IV functions as a host material.
- at least one of the above compounds I, II, III and IV may be referred to as "Compounds I-IV" or "first host material”.
- the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may be referred to as a "first composition”.
- the organic electroluminescent element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains the compound I represented by the above formula (20), which is a compound having a structure in which a large number of benzene rings are linked to the light emitting layer, as a host material. Therefore, it is considered that the transportability of charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, deterioration of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a light emitting material, can be suppressed, and the drive life is extended. Be done. In particular, compound I has the effect of suppressing charge transportability.
- an anthracene-based host material having high electron transportability represented by the formula (30) described later is used as the second host material, electron transportability in the light emitting layer is prevented so that the light emitting material is not excessively reduced and deteriorated. It is considered that the drive life of the element is extended by suppressing the above.
- the organic electric field light emitting element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is represented by the above formula (200), which is a compound having a structure in which a 6-membered heteroaromatic ring having nitrogen and a benzene ring are linked to the light emitting layer.
- the compound II as a host material, the transportability of charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, the voltage is lowered, the light emission efficiency is improved, and the polycycle represented by the above formula (1), which is a light emitting material, is obtained. It is considered that the deterioration of the heterocyclic compound can be suppressed and the drive life is extended.
- the W of the above formula (200) of the compound II has a triazine structure in which all of them are nitrogen atoms
- the LUMO is relatively deep, has an appropriate electron trapping property in addition to the electron transport property, and excessive electrons are contained in the light emitting material. It is considered that the durability of the light emitting material is improved by not supplying the light emitting material, and as a result, the driving life of the organic electroluminescent element is extended. In particular, it is considered that there is a possibility that electrons enter the empty p-orbital of the boron atom of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a luminescent material, and the deterioration of the luminescent material may be suppressed.
- compound II since compound II has an aromatic 6-membered ring having a nitrogen atom in the center, it has high electron transportability. Therefore, when compound II is used as the first host, it is considered that by further using a host material having high hole transportability as the host material, the voltage is lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved, and the drive life is extended. ..
- Compound III The compound represented by the above formula (210) and the compound represented by the above formula (220) contained in the light emitting layer forming composition of the present invention and the light emitting layer of the organic electric field light emitting element formed by the light emitting layer forming composition are represented by the above formula (220).
- Compound III which is one of the compounds represented by the above formula (230), is always aromatic at the 3-position of the benzene ring to which two or three phenylene groups bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amine are linked. The rings are bonded.
- the aromatic ring referred to here is a structure represented by Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 or a benzene ring.
- the number of benzene rings bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amine at the para position becomes 2 or 3, and the appropriate distribution of HOMO improves hole transportability and lowers the voltage, and further in the light emitting layer. It is considered that the balance between electrons and holes is improved, the luminous efficiency is improved, the durability is improved, and the drive life of the element is extended. Further, by having a structure such as Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 , etc., it is considered that the voltage is further lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved and the life is extended, and the solubility of the compound in an organic solvent is improved. .. Further, it is considered that the durability is improved by appropriately selecting the structures of Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 .
- compound III has hole transporting properties and holes from the cathode side layer when the light emitting material directly receives the holes injected from the anode side layer and may deteriorate when it becomes an oxidized state. It is considered that the light emitting material is less likely to be directly oxidized and deterioration is suppressed because it is easy to receive. On the contrary, when the light emitting material directly receives the electrons injected from the cathode side and may deteriorate when it is in a reduced state, holes are rapidly transported from Compound III to the light emitting material, and the light emitting material is recombined to emit light. It is considered that the deterioration of the light emitting material is suppressed by making the light emitting material.
- compound III is a hole-transporting host having a triphenylamine structure, the voltage can be lowered and the luminous efficiency can be reduced by using compound III as the first host and a material having high electron-transporting properties as the second host material. It is considered that an organic electroluminescent device having a long drive life can be obtained.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention and the organic electroluminescent element formed by the composition for forming a light emitting layer are represented by the above formula (240), which is a compound having a structure having two carbazole rings in the light emitting layer.
- the compound IV as a host material, the transportability of electric charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, the voltage is lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved, and the light emitting material is represented by the above formula (1). It is considered that the deterioration of the ring heterocyclic compound can be suppressed and the drive life is extended.
- Compound IV has a hole transporting property and easily receives holes from the cathode side layer when the light emitting material directly receives the holes injected from the anode side layer and may deteriorate when it becomes an oxidized state. Therefore, it is considered that the light emitting material is less likely to be directly oxidized and deterioration is suppressed. On the contrary, when the light-emitting material directly receives the electrons injected from the cathode side and is likely to deteriorate when it is in a reduced state, holes are rapidly transported from compound IV to the light-emitting material, and the light-emitting material recombines and emits light. Deterioration is considered to be suppressed.
- Compound IV has two highly planar carbazole ring structures, holes in the light emitting material of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a highly planar polycyclic heterocyclic compound. It is thought that transportability will improve. At this time, it is considered that the electron supply to the light emitting material is also promptly performed, so that the light is rapidly recombined to emit light and the deterioration of the light emitting material is suppressed. Therefore, by using Compound IV as the first host and using a material having high electron transportability as the second host material, it is possible to obtain an organic electroluminescent device having a low voltage, improved luminous efficiency, and a long drive life. Is thought to be possible.
- the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1).
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a light emitting material.
- the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
- the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle may have is preferably a group selected from the following substituent group ⁇ .
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle has a central condensed bicyclic structure in the formula (1) composed of B and Y (hereinafter, may be referred to as "central condensed bicyclic structure"). It is preferable to have a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring that shares a bond with, and more preferably to have a 6-membered ring that shares a bond with a centrally condensed bicyclic structure.
- the "central condensed two-ring structure” is a structure in which two saturated hydrocarbon rings including B and two Y are condensed, which is shown in the center of the formula (1). Specifically, it is a structure in which the ring d and the ring e in the following formula (1') are condensed.
- a 6-membered ring sharing a bond with the central condensed 2-ring structure means, for example, a case where the ring a is a benzene ring (6-membered ring).
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle (which is ring a) has this 6-membered ring” means that the ring a is formed only by the 6-membered ring or includes the 6-membered ring. As described above, it means that another ring or the like is condensed with this 6-membered ring to form the ring a.
- ring b "ring c", and "5-membered ring”.
- aromatic hydrocarbon ring examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. Is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
- aromatic hydrocarbon ring examples include a benzene ring which is a monocyclic system, a biphenyl ring which is a bicyclic system, a naphthalene ring which is a fused bicyclic system, and a terphenyl ring (m-terphenyl) which is a tricyclic system.
- o-terphenyl, p-terphenyl fused tricyclics, ashenafutilene ring, fluorene ring, phenylene ring, phenanthrene ring, fused tetracyclic triphenylene ring, pyrene ring, naphthalene ring, fused pentacyclic system.
- a certain pyrene ring or pentacene ring is preferable, a benzene ring, a biphenyl ring, a naphthalene ring, a terphenyl ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is most preferable.
- aromatic heterocycle examples of the aromatic heterocycle in the ring a, the ring b and the ring c of the formula (1) include an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 25 carbon atoms is preferable.
- An aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 15 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
- the aromatic heterocycle for example, a heterocycle containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom in addition to a carbon atom as a ring-constituting atom is preferable.
- aromatic heterocycle examples include a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a thiathiazole ring, a triazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a triazine ring, and an indole ring.
- Substituent group ⁇ is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted diarylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted diheteroarylamino group, a substituted or substituted group.
- Unsubstituted aryl heteroarylamino group (amino group having aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group , And a halogen atom.
- the substituent that the group selected from the substituent group ⁇ other than the halogen atom may have is the following substituent group ⁇ .
- Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group or aryl structure in the substituent group ⁇ include the group of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the ring a, the ring b and the ring c. The same applies to the specific structure and preferable structure of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group in the substituent group ⁇ is preferably a benzene ring.
- Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group or heteroaryl structure in the substituent group ⁇ include the group of the aromatic heterocycle in the rings a, b and c. The same applies to the specific structure and preferable structure of the aromatic heterocycle.
- the aromatic heterocyclic group in the substituent group ⁇ is preferably a triazine ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a pyrimid [5,4-d] pyrimidine ring, or a benzo [1,2-d: 4,5-d]. ] It is a imidazole ring.
- the alkyl group in the substituent group ⁇ may be either a straight chain or a branched chain, and examples thereof include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 24 carbon atoms.
- a linear alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a branched chain chain having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable.
- alkyl group is more preferable, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a fraction having 3 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Branch-chain alkyl groups are particularly preferred.
- alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group and an isopentyl group.
- Examples include a group, an n-octyl group, a tert-octyl group and the like.
- a part of H of the alkyl group in the substituent group ⁇ may be replaced with F.
- Examples of the alkoxy group in the substituent group ⁇ include a straight chain having 1 to 24 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having a branched chain having 3 to 24 carbon atoms.
- a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having a branched chain having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a fraction having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable.
- Branch-chain alkoxy groups are more preferred, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or branched-chain alkoxy groups having 3 to 6 carbon atoms are even more preferred, and linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or having 3 carbon atoms. Alkoxy groups of ⁇ 4 branched chains are particularly preferable.
- alkoxy group examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group and a heptyloxy group. , Octyloxy group and the like.
- halogen atom in the substituent group ⁇ examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom.
- a fluorine atom and a chlorine atom are preferable, and among them, a fluorine atom is more preferable.
- the substituent group ⁇ comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, and a halogen atom.
- aromatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic heterocyclic group, alkyl group, aralkyl group, and halogen atom in the substituent group ⁇ include the same as those of the substituent group ⁇ , and the preferable structure is also the substituent group ⁇ . The same is true.
- the substituent group ⁇ may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, or an aralkyl group.
- Groups are preferred.
- an aralkyl group which may be substituted with an aralkyl group an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group in the substituent group ⁇ , an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable.
- a structure in which a benzene ring is bonded to an alkyl group is preferable.
- (Y) Y in the formula (1) is O, NR, or S.
- (R) R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
- the two Ys in the formula (1) may be the same or different from each other, but are preferably the same.
- the two Ys are preferably NR.
- Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in R of the formula (1) include the group of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring and the aromatic heterocycle in the rings a, b and c of the formula (1). The basis of is mentioned.
- Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group and a naphthyl group) and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. (For example, a carbazolyl group) is preferable.
- R of the formula (1) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
- the rings a, b and c of the formula (1) It is a group similar to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent in the above or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
- Specific structures and preferred structures also include aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups which may have substituents on rings a, b and c of formula (1) or aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have substituents. The same is true.
- R in the formula (1) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
- the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (21). Will be done.
- the formula (1) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (21).
- Examples of the alkyl group in R of the formula (1) include the alkyl group in the substituent group ⁇ .
- the alkyl group an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, etc.) is particularly preferable.
- R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C. (-R a ) 2 -or may be bonded by a single bond.
- Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- alkyl group in Ra examples include the alkyl group in the substituent group ⁇ .
- the alkyl group is particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group and an ethyl group.
- the adjacent carbon atoms are not carbon atoms constituting the central condensed bicyclic structure.
- at least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
- Ring a, ring b, ring c, ring d and ring e are the same as in the above formula (1').
- the ring f and the ring g are the same as the ring a, the ring b or the ring c in the above formula (1'), and each independently has an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a substituent which may have a substituent. It is an aromatic heterocycle that may be used.
- Ring f is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring b, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond.
- Ring g is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond.
- Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- the adjacent carbon atoms are not the carbon atoms constituting the rings d and e including B and N, but At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in the ring f and the ring g include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc.) and a carbon number of 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
- Aromatic heterocyclic groups eg, carbazolyl groups, etc. are preferred.
- rings f and g which are aromatic hydrocarbon rings or aromatic heterocycles, may have are the same as those of rings a, b and c, and are preferably from the substituent group ⁇ . It is the group to be selected.
- Equation (22) The formula (21) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (22).
- the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e in the above formula (21) are all benzene ring structures, and the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e are substituted.
- Ring f is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring b, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond.
- Ring g is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond.
- Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (22) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (22) is the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) described later, or the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (81) described later. It is also preferable that it is TD2.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1) is the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) described later, or the polycyclic complex represented by the formula (81) described later. It is also preferable that it is the ring compound TD2.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is also preferably a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (71).
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (71) may be referred to as a polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1.
- Each of A 1 to A 7 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which is an electron-accepting substituent, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an electron.
- Each of R 71 to R 78 may independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
- the dotted line means single bond or no bond.
- the electron cloud of LUMO is localized and gathered at the position where A 1 to A 7 are bonded to the phenyl group. Therefore, by using at least one selected from A 1 to A 7 as an electron acceptor-type substituent, the electron cloud spreads, the energy level of LUMO is stabilized, and the energy difference between HOMO and LUMO becomes small. .. As a result, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (71) can obtain an emission spectrum having a long wavelength.
- Each of A 1 to A 7 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which is an electron-accepting substituent, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an electron. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having a heteroaryl group, a nitro group or a cyano group as substituents having an accepting property.
- at least one selected from A 1 to A 7 is an electron-accepting substituent, and A 1 to A 7 other than the electron-accepting substituent are independently hydrogen atoms and fluorine, respectively. It is an atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
- the emission wavelength can be adjusted depending on the number and type of A 1 to A 7 , which is preferable.
- An electron-accepting substituent is a substituent having a chemical structure that tends to have an excess of electrons by extracting electrons from adjacent chemical structures by chemically bonding.
- the electron-accepting substituent examples include a substituent such as a heteroaryl group, a nitro group and a cyano group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having the above substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like. Of these, a heteroaryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength.
- a heteroaryl group is an aryl group having at least one atom selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
- Examples of the heteroaryl group include groups having 1 to 4 rings of polycyclic aromatic heteroaryls containing a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like.
- the electron acceptor substituent has an absolute value of the value obtained by adding the energy level of HOMO and the energy level of LUMO and dividing by 2 (hereinafter, may be referred to as "absolute value ⁇ ") of 3 eV or more. It is preferably a group that is. When the absolute value ⁇ is 3 eV or more, the electron acceptor property of the substituent is empirically improved.
- the absolute value ⁇ of the electron acceptor substituent is preferably 3.1 eV or more, more preferably 3.5 eV or more, and even more preferably 4.0 eV or more. Further, although the upper limit of the absolute value ⁇ in the electron acceptor substituent is not particularly set, it is generally 7.0 eV or less.
- the energy level of HOMO and the energy level of LUMO in the electron accepting substituent are the energy level of the molecular orbital of HOMO and the energy level of the molecular orbital of LUMO obtained as follows. That is, the single bond between the electron-accepting substituent in the formula (71) and the adjacent phenyl group is deleted, and a hydrogen atom is added. Then, if the molecular structure of the obtained electron-accepting substituent is calculated by the molecular orbital calculation software Gaussian16 using the general function: B3LYP and the basic function: 6-31G (d), the structure is optimized by the density general function. good.
- the electron acceptor substituent is a group represented by the following formula (5), a group represented by the following formula (6), a group represented by the following formula (7), or a group represented by the following formula (8). It is preferably the group represented.
- R 732 to R 745 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-.
- alkyl group examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, and the like.
- examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring such as a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, a fluorantene ring, and a fluorene ring.
- R 732 to R 745 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
- the electron acceptor substituent is preferably the group represented by the above formula (5) from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength and easiness of production by organic synthesis.
- the group represented by the above formula (5) has a relatively large absolute value ⁇ and has less steric hindrance with the adjacent phenyl group in the above formula (71), so that the adjacent phenyl group and the above formula (5) are used.
- the twist of the ⁇ plane of the represented group is small, and the effect of lengthening the large emission wavelength can be obtained.
- the group represented by the above formula (5) can be produced relatively easily in organic synthesis, and even when it is desired to improve the solubility in a solvent, it has a long chain (for example, 4 carbon atoms) in R 732 and R 733 .
- the above) alkyl group can be introduced relatively easily.
- an alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the absolute value ⁇ to facilitate the acquisition of a long wavelength emission wavelength and also from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. Further, it is more preferable that at least one selected from R 732 and R 733 is a phenyl group having a tert-butyl group.
- one selected from R 732 and R 733 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and the other is an alkyl group.
- Aromatic hydrocarbon groups that may have substituents are preferred.
- the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2.
- a 1 to A 7 other than the electron-accepting substituent are alkyl groups which may independently have a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a substituent.
- alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-.
- alkyl group examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
- the substituents that A 1 to A 7 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
- a 1 to A 7 are each independently a fluorine atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent
- a 1 to A 7 are hydrogen atoms due to their electron acceptability. Since the emission wavelength is slightly shorter or longer than in the case, it is preferable to select a substituent according to the target wavelength.
- a 1 to A 7 are each independently long-chain alkyl groups for the purpose of improving the solubility in a solvent.
- At least one selected from A 1 , A 4 , and A 7 is preferably an electron acceptor-type substituent, and more preferably a group represented by the formula (5).
- both A 1 and A 7 are electron acceptor substituents, almost the same wavelength lengthening effect can be obtained as compared with the case where only A 4 is the same electron acceptor substituent. Further, it is preferable that two or more selected from A 1 to A 7 are electron acceptor substituents because the wavelength becomes longer, and two or more selected from A 1 to A 7 are electron acceptor property. It is preferable that the substituent is a substituent and at least one of them is an electron acceptor - type substituent because the wavelength is further extended.
- the single bond connecting the adjacent phenyl groups A 1 to A 7 is twisted, and the ⁇ plane of the adjacent phenyl group and the main aromatic hydrocarbon group of the electron acceptor-type substituent is formed. It is preferable not to twist it. This twist makes it difficult for the charges of the adjacent phenyl group and the electron acceptor-type substituent to be exchanged smoothly, and it becomes difficult for the emission wavelength of the above formula (71) to be lengthened.
- R 71 to R 78 may independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
- alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-.
- alkyl group examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, and the like.
- examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring such as a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, a fluorentene ring, and a fluorene ring.
- the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, or an imidazole ring.
- Oxadiazole ring indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrrolobymidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienoflan ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, Benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, cinnoline ring, quinoxalin ring, phenanthridine ring, benzoimidazole ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene.
- Examples thereof include monovalent groups of 5- or 6-membered monocyclic rings or 2-
- R 71 to R 78 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
- At least one selected from R 71 to R 78 is an electron donor substituent from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength.
- An electron donor substituent is a substituent having a chemical structure that is liable to become electron deficient by donating electrons from adjacent chemical structures by chemically bonding.
- the electron cloud of HOMO is localized and gathered at R 71 to R 78 . Therefore, by using at least one selected from R 71 to R 78 as an electron donor substituent, the electron cloud of HOMO is likely to spread outward, the energy level of HOMO is destabilized, and HOMO is formed. The energy difference of LUMO becomes small. As a result, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (71) can obtain an emission spectrum having a long wavelength.
- the electron donor substituent is preferably a group having an absolute value ⁇ of less than 3 eV.
- the absolute value ⁇ is less than 3 eV, the electron donor property of the substituent is empirically improved.
- the absolute value ⁇ of the electron donor substituent is more preferably less than 2.97 eV, further preferably less than 2.8 eV, and particularly preferably less than 2.6 eV from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength. Further, although the lower limit of the absolute value ⁇ in the electron donor substituent is not particularly set, it is generally 1 eV or more.
- the HOMO energy level and the LUMO energy level in the electron donor substituent are the HOMO molecular orbital energy level and the LUMO molecular orbital energy level obtained as follows. That is, the single bond between the electron donor substituent in the formula (71) and the adjacent phenyl group is deleted, and a hydrogen atom is added. Then, if the molecular structure of the obtained electron donor substituent is calculated by the density general function using the molecular orbital calculation software Gaussian16 using the general function: B3LYP and the basic function: 6-31G (d). good.
- the electron donor substituent is preferably a group represented by the following formula (2), a group represented by the following formula (3), or a group represented by the following formula (4).
- Each of R 709 to R 731 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom, respectively.
- alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-.
- alkyl group examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, and the like.
- examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring such as a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, a fluorantene ring, and a fluorene ring.
- R 709 to R 731 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
- the electron donor substituent is preferably the group represented by the above formula (2) from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength, ease of production by organic synthesis, and balance of structural stability.
- the group represented by the above formula (2) has a relatively small absolute value ⁇ , and the effect of lengthening the emission wavelength can be obtained. Further, the group represented by the above formula (2) can be produced relatively easily in organic synthesis, and even when it is desired to improve the solubility in a solvent, a long-chain alkyl group is compared with R 709 to R 716 . It can be easily introduced.
- At least one selected from R 709 to R 716 is preferably a tert-butyl group from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and ease of synthesis.
- each of R 71 to R 78 independently has an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and an aromatic which may have a substituent.
- the emission wavelength is slightly shorter or longer than that in the case where R 71 to R 78 are hydrogen atoms due to their electrophilicity. It is preferable to select the substituent according to the wavelength of.
- R 71 to R 78 are each independently long-chain alkyl groups for the purpose of improving the solubility in a solvent.
- the dotted line may be a single bond or no bond.
- the dotted line is preferably a single bond.
- the electron cloud spreads and the emission wavelength becomes slightly longer.
- the dotted line is a single bond, it becomes easy to introduce an electron acceptor substituent in A 1 to A 7 and an electron donor substituent in R 71 to R 78 .
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound of the above formula (71) is an asymmetric type because it has an effect of narrowing the half width of the emission wavelength. It is considered that the half-value width of the emission spectrum is narrowed because the polycyclic heterocyclic compounds are less likely to associate with each other due to the asymmetric type and the symmetry is lowered, and the interaction between the polycyclic heterocyclic compounds is lowered.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound is an asymmetric type when it is rotated by 180 ° with respect to the axis of rotation when the line connecting the bond axis of B and A4 is used as the axis of rotation in the above equation (71). It does not have the same structure, or it is not mirror-symmetric with respect to a plane perpendicular to the plane formed by the polycyclic heterocycle of the compound of the above formula (71) including the axis of rotation.
- a 1 and A 7 are different, A 2 and A 6 are different, A 3 and A 5 are different, R 71 and R 78 are different, R 72 and R 77 are different, R 73 .
- R 76 are different, or R 74 and R 75 are different, the structure.
- substituent group Z2 examples include the following groups.
- a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group usually having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably 4 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms; for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or n-.
- the number of carbon atoms is usually 2 or more, and usually 24.
- An alkenyl group which is less than or equal to, preferably 12 or less; for example, a vinyl group or the like.
- Aalkoxy group for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, etc.
- the above is usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less dialkylamino groups; for example, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, etc., which usually have 10 or more carbon atoms, preferably 12 or more, and usually 36 or less.
- diarylamino group for example, a diphenylamino group, a ditrilamino group, an N-carbazolyl group, etc., an arylalkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 7 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less;
- an acyl group such as a phenylmethylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less; for example, a halogen atom such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group; for example, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
- a syroxy group preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a trimethylsiloxy group, a triphenylsiloxy group, etc., which has 6 or more carbon atoms and usually 36 or less, preferably 36 or less.
- Is 24 or less aromatic hydrocarbon groups for example, phenyl groups
- Aromatic heterocyclic groups having a carbon number of usually 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a thienyl group, a pyridyl group, etc. having 7 or more carbon atoms.
- -1-phenylmethyl group 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3 -Phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl group, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group , 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-n-heptyl group, 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group, 4-phenylcyclohexyl group, etc.
- the number of carbon atoms is 2 or more, preferably 4 or more. And 40 or less, preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less heteroaralkyl groups; 1,1-dimethyl-1- (2-pyridyl) methyl group, 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-.
- polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 ⁇ Specific example of polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1>
- the structure of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is also preferably a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (81).
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (81) may be referred to as a polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2.
- R 81 and four R 82 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group of 6 or more and 20 or less or a substituent.
- a 81 represents a structure represented by the following formula (82). a80, b80, c80, and d80 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of a80 to d80 is an integer of 1 or more. When there are a plurality of A 81s in the formula (81), the plurality of A 81s may be the same or different.
- the asterics (*) represent the joint and represent the joint.
- RF represents a fluoroalkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
- R 83 may have an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
- e80 represents an integer from 0 to 5.
- the two RFs in equation (82) may be the same or different.
- the plurality of R 83s may be the same or different.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2 represented by the above formula (81) has a condensed heterocyclic skeleton containing a boron atom and a nitrogen atom as a basic skeleton, and the two basic skeletons are represented by the above formula (82). It is characterized in that at least one quaternary carbon atom substituted with a fluoroalkyl group and a benzene ring is connected.
- the fluorine atom which is a strong electron-withdrawing group, is not directly substituted with the basic skeleton, so that the ionization potential has a great influence on the element characteristics of the organic electric field light emitting element. It is possible to shorten the emission wavelength without significantly changing the electron affinity.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2 is an organic solvent. Excellent solubility in. Therefore, the film produced by the wet film forming method has high uniformity and is suitable as a light emitting material for an organic electroluminescent element.
- R 81 and R 82 Each of the R 81 and the four R 82s in the formula (81) independently has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 20 or less.
- alkyl groups having 10 or less carbon atoms examples include methyl group, ethyl group, branched, linear or cyclic propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group and adamantyl group. Can be mentioned.
- R 1 is an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, a methyl group, a branched, linear or cyclic propyl group or a butyl group is preferable, and a branched butyl group is particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of the stability of the compound. ..
- aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalent groups such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, and a perylene ring. From the viewpoint of solubility of the compound, a phenyl group, which is a monovalent group of the benzene ring, is preferable.
- aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalent groups such as a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, a benzofuran ring, and a carbazole ring.
- R 81 a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are preferable, and a hydrogen atom or a t-butyl group is more preferable.
- a hydrogen atom is preferable as R 82 .
- a80, b80, c80, and d80 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of a80 to d80 is an integer of 1 or more. From the viewpoint of the short emission wavelength of the compound, a80 + b80 + c80 + d80 is preferably 2 or more, and a80 + b80 + c80 + d80 is particularly preferably 4 or more.
- RF represents a fluoroalkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
- fluoroalkyl groups having 5 or less carbon atoms include perfluoroalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, branched, linear or cyclic perfluoropropyl group, perfluorobutyl group and perfluoropentane group. From the viewpoint of the film-forming property of the compound, a trifluoromethyl group and a pentafluoroethyl group are preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is particularly preferable.
- R 83 contains an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may be possessed.
- the alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a branched, linear or cyclic propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, and a decyl group.
- a branched or linear propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group or hexyl group is preferable, and a branched or linear butyl group, branched, linear or cyclic hexyl group is particularly preferable. ..
- aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalent groups such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, and a perylene ring. From the viewpoint of solubility of the compound, a phenyl group, which is a monovalent group of the benzene ring, is preferable.
- aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalents such as a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, a benzofuran ring, and a carbazole ring.
- R 81 to R 83 may have> R 81 , R 82 , and R 83 have an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may be possessed examples of the substituent which the alkyl group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have are described later. It can be selected from the substituent group W1.
- an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 20 or less carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms are preferable, and an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms is more preferable.
- An aromatic hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms are preferable, and an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms is more preferable.
- Examples of an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms as a substituent include a methyl group and an ethyl group, as well as a branched, linear and cyclic propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group and a nonyl group. , A decyl group. From the viewpoint of the stability of the compound, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a branched group, a linear group, a cyclic propyl group and a butyl group are preferable, and a branched propyl group is particularly preferable.
- aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms as substituents include monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, phenanthren ring, anthracene ring, chrysen ring, pyrene ring, benzoanthracene ring and perylene ring.
- a group is mentioned, and from the viewpoint of solubility of the compound, a phenyl group which is a monovalent group of a benzene ring is preferable.
- Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more carbon atoms and 20 or less carbon atoms as a substituent include a monovalent group such as a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, a benzofuran ring, and a carbazole ring.
- Examples of an aralkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms as a substituent include a benzyl group, a 2-phenylethyl group, a 2-phenylpropyl-2-yl group, a 2-phenylbutyl-2-yl group, and a 3-phenylpentyl-. 3-yl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-butyl group, 5-phenyl-1-pentyl group, 6-phenyl-1-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-heptyl group, Examples thereof include a 8-phenyl-1-octyl group.
- substituent group W1 examples include the following groups. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like.
- a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group usually having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
- Aralkill group For example, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
- an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms and usually has 24 or less, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms;
- the alkyl group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable, and the alkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group are more preferable. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it is more preferable to have no substituent.
- each substituent of the above-mentioned substituent group W1 may further have a substituent.
- substituents the same ones as those of the above-mentioned substituents (substituent group W1) can be used.
- the polycyclic complex compound TD2 represented by the above formula (81) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (83).
- R 81 , R 82 , and A 81 are synonymous with R 81 , R 82 , and A 81 in equation (81).
- a83, b83, c83 and d83 are independently 0 or 1, and at least one is 1.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), or may contain two or more kinds.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains compound I represented by the following formula (20).
- Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.
- Ar 21 to Ar 35 may have a substituent or a benzene ring structure may have a substituent, and 2 to 10 benzene ring structures may be unbranched or branched and linked.
- the substituent that the benzene ring may have in the above case is preferably an alkyl group.
- the alkyl group as a substituent is usually 1 or more and 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and more preferably 4 or less, linear, branched or cyclic. It is an alkyl group, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, and an n-hexyl group. , Cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
- Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.
- Ar 36 to Ar 39 may have a substituent or a benzene ring structure may have a substituent, and 2 to 10 benzene ring structures may be unbranched or branched.
- the substituent that the benzene ring may have in the case of the structure in which the benzene ring is linked is preferably an alkyl group as the substituent.
- any one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 , any one of Ar 27 , Ar 28 and Ar 29 , and any one of Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 is preferably a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22), and Ar 22 , Ar 27 and Ar 32 are represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22). The structure is more preferable.
- the structure represented by the above formula (21) is a structure represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4) or (21-5).
- the structure represented by the above formula (22) is preferably a structure represented by the following formulas (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4).
- These structures may be substituted with an alkyl group as the substituent. From the viewpoint of improving solubility, it is preferably substituted with an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability when driving the device, it is preferable not to have a substituent.
- the structure represented by the formula (21) is preferably the structure represented by the formula (21-1), (21-3), (21-4), or (21-5).
- the structure represented by the formula (22) is more preferably a structure represented by the formula (22-1), and at least one structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22). It is particularly preferable to include the structure represented by the formula (21-1) or the structure represented by the formula (22-3).
- the compound represented by the above formula (20) contains such a structure, so that the transportability of the charge in the light emitting layer can be appropriately adjusted and the luminous efficiency is improved. Further, it is considered that the inclusion of such a structure is excellent in solubility and durability when the element is driven.
- the compound I represented by the formula (20) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably. It is 1,500 or less.
- the lower limit of the molecular weight of compound I is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
- the compound I represented by the formula (20) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of compound I represented by the above formula (20), or may contain two or more kinds.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains compound II represented by the following formula (200).
- W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
- Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
- Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent.
- Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
- At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
- a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
- a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
- a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
- R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
- the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively.
- the compound II represented by the above formula (200) is preferably a charge transport compound, that is, a charge transport host material.
- ⁇ W> W in the above formula (200) represents CH or N, and at least one of them is N, but from the viewpoint of electron transportability and electron durability, at least two are preferably N, and all are N. It is more preferable to have.
- Xa 1 , Ya 1 , Za 1 , Xa 2 , Ya 2 , Za 2 are divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and when Xa 2 and Ya 2 are used.
- Za 2 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is 6 A monocyclic member ring or a 2-5 fused ring is preferable.
- benzene ring examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, a fluoranthene ring, an indenofluorene ring and the like.
- a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, or a fluorene ring is preferable, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable.
- Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 in the above formula (200) are divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
- Za 2 is an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
- the aromatic heterocyclic ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is 5 or A 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2-5 fused ring is preferable.
- the thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, carbazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthroline ring, or indenocarbazole ring are preferable.
- a pyridine ring it is more preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring, and more preferably a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.
- a particularly preferable aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a phenanthrene ring, and a particularly preferable aromatic ring.
- the heterocycle is a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.
- g11, h11, j11> g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and at least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability, it is preferable that g11 is 2 or more, or at least one of h11 and j11 is 3 or more.
- the compound represented by the above formula (200) has 8 to 18 rings in total, including a ring having 3 Ws in the center, in terms of charge transportability, durability and organic solvent. It is preferable from the viewpoint of solubility.
- R 31 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a group heterocyclic group. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable to use an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 31s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
- the substituent which may be possessed by the above can be selected from the following substituent group Z.
- the substituent group Z includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an arylalkylamino group, an acyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group and an alkylthio group. It is a group consisting of an arylthio group, a silyl group, a siloxy group, a cyano group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. These substituents may contain any of linear, branched and cyclic structures.
- the substituent group Z has the following structure.
- an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less;
- an aryloxy group or a heteroaryloxy having a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, a pyridyloxy group, etc. having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less.
- an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less carbon atoms
- a dialkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a dimethylamino group and a diethylamino group
- an acyl group such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group, which usually has 2 carbon atoms,
- an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a diarylamino group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable.
- the substituent is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and further preferably having no substituent.
- an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferable as the substituent.
- each substituent of the above-mentioned substituent group Z may further have a substituent.
- substituents include the same substituents as the above-mentioned substituents (substituent group Z).
- Each substituent that the substituent group Z may have is preferably an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 8 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms. It is an alkoxy group or a phenyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, and it is more preferable that each of the substituents of the substituent group Z does not have a further substituent from the viewpoint of charge transportability.
- the compound II represented by the formula (200) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably. It is 1,500 or less.
- the lower limit of the molecular weight of compound II is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
- the compound II represented by the formula (200) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of compound II represented by the above formula (200), or may contain two or more kinds.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment is selected from a compound represented by the following formula (210), a compound represented by the following formula (220), and a compound represented by the following formula (230). Contains one or more compounds III.
- Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
- Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively. n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
- the compound III represented by the above formula (210), the above formula (220), or the above formula (230) is preferably a charge transport compound, that is, a charge transport host material.
- the 6-membered ring is the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms applicable to Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 and Ar 44 in the formula (210), the formula (220) and the formula (230).
- a monovalent group of a monocyclic ring or a monovalent group of 2 to 5 fused rings is preferable.
- monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluoranthene ring, and indenofluorene ring.
- monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluoranthene ring, and indenofluorene ring.
- monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenant
- it is a monovalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, or an indenofluorene ring, and more preferably, it is a monovalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring. It is preferably a monovalent group of a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring.
- the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms applicable to Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 and Ar 44 in the formula (210), the formula (220) and the formula (230) is 5 or 6
- a monocyclic member ring or a monovalent group of 2 to 5 fused rings is preferable.
- thiophene ring preferably thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, carbazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthroline ring, or India.
- locarbazole ring more preferably a monovalent group of a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, an indolocarbazole ring, or an indenocarbazole ring.
- Yes more preferably a monovalent group of a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, an indolocarbazole ring, or an indenocarbazole ring.
- Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 or Ar 44 may have a substituent may have a 6 to 30 carbon aromatic hydrocarbon group and may have a substituent 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group when the structure selected from the group heterocyclic groups is a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 are linked can be selected and combined from these monovalent groups. ..
- the number of concatenations is preferably 2 or 3, and more preferably 2.
- Ar 44 preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a 5 linked group.
- X 21 is preferably O or N-Ar 44
- X 22 is preferably O or S, and more preferably O.
- the substituents that these groups may have can be selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II.
- Preferred groups of Ar 41 , Ar 42 and Ar 43 include groups represented by the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13), and these groups may further have a substituent.
- Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
- the same group as the monovalent group applicable to the Ar 44 can be applied.
- the substituent is preferably selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z. Preferred substituents are also as described in the above-mentioned substituent group Z.
- R 21 , R 22 , R 23 can each be independently selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z. It is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable to use an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 21s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
- R 21 , R 22 and R 23 may have when they are substituents can be selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z.
- the compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, and particularly. It is preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably 1,500 or less.
- the lower limit of the molecular weight of compound III is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
- the compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
- the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (210) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
- the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (220) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
- the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (230) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
- one or more compounds represented by the above formula (210) and one or two compounds represented by the above formula (220) are included.
- Species or more may be contained, and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (210) and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (230) are contained. Also, one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (220) and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (230) may be contained, and the above formula (210) may be contained. ), One or more of the compounds represented by the above formula (220), and one or more of the compounds represented by the above formula (230). And may be included.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains compound IV represented by the following formula (240).
- Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
- G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
- n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
- Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 50, more preferably 6 to 30, and even more preferably 6 to 18.
- Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetraphenylene ring, a phenanthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, or a perylene ring, which usually have 6 carbon atoms.
- the monovalent group of the aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is usually 30 or less, preferably 18 or less, more preferably 14 or less, or a plurality of structures selected from these structures are bonded in a chain or branched manner.
- the monovalent group of the structure described above can be mentioned.
- a structure in which 2 to 8 rings are linked is usually mentioned, and a structure in which 2 to 5 rings are linked is preferable.
- a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, the same structure may be linked or different structures may be linked.
- Ar 611 and Ar 612 are preferably independently phenyl groups, respectively.
- the number of benzene rings, naphthalene rings, phenanthrene rings and tetraphenylene rings to be bonded is usually 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5.
- a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings are linked a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a naphthalene ring are linked, a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a phenanthrene ring are linked 1 are preferable. It is a valent structure or a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a tetraphenylene ring are linked.
- aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
- the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z.
- the preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z.
- At least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 preferably has at least one partial structure selected from the following formulas (72-1) to (72-7) from the viewpoint of solubility and durability of the compound.
- * represents a bond with an adjacent structure or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of two * represents a bond position with an adjacent structure.
- * represents a bond with an adjacent structure or a hydrogen atom
- * represents a bond position with an adjacent structure.
- the definition of * is the same unless otherwise specified.
- At least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 has at least one partial structure selected from formulas (72-1) to (72-4) and formula (72-7). More preferably, Ar 611 and Ar 612 each have at least one partial structure selected from formulas (72-1) to (72-3) and formula (72-7). Particularly preferably, Ar 611 and Ar 612 each have at least one partial structure selected from formula (72-1), formula (72-2) and formula (72-7).
- the formula (72-2) is preferably the following formula (72-2-2).
- a partial structure represented by the formula (72-1) and a partial structure represented by the formula (72-2) are represented as a partial structure preferably possessed by at least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 .
- a partial structure having a partial structure to be formed is mentioned.
- R611 and R612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbons having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may independently have halogen atoms such as deuterium atoms and fluorine atoms, and substituents.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a monovalent group having an aromatic hydrocarbon structure having preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. These aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
- the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z.
- the preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z.
- n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. It is preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
- ⁇ G> G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
- the carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group of G is preferably 6 to 50, more preferably 6 to 30, and even more preferably 6 to 18.
- Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetraphenylene ring, a phenanthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, or a perylene ring, which usually have 6 carbon atoms.
- a divalent group of an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is usually 30 or less, preferably 18 or less, more preferably 14 or less, or a plurality of structures selected from these structures are bonded in a chain or branched manner.
- the divalent group of the structure described above can be mentioned.
- a structure in which 2 to 8 rings are linked is usually mentioned, and a structure in which 2 to 5 rings are linked is preferable.
- a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, the same structure may be linked or different structures may be linked.
- G is preferably Single bond, Phenylene group, A divalent group in which multiple benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded, A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one naphthalene ring are chained or branched. A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one phenanthrene ring are chained or branched and bonded, or A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one tetraphenylene ring are chained or branched. It is more preferably a divalent group in which a plurality of benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded, and in any case, the order of bonding does not matter.
- the number of benzene rings, naphthalene rings, phenanthrene rings and tetraphenylene rings to be bonded is usually 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5. More preferably, a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings are linked, a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a naphthalene ring are linked, a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings are linked, and a phenanthrene ring are linked. It is a divalent structure or a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a tetraphenylene ring are linked.
- aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
- the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II.
- the preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z in the compound II.
- Organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is used to form a layer containing the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) and compounds I to IV by wet film formation. It is a volatile liquid component.
- the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent in which the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), the compounds I to IV and the second host material described later are well dissolved.
- Preferred organic solvents include, for example, alkanes such as n-decane, cyclohexane, ethylcyclohexane, decalin, bicyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, phenylcyclohexane, tetraline, methylnaphthalene; chlorobenzene, di.
- alkanes such as n-decane, cyclohexane, ethylcyclohexane, decalin, bicyclohexane
- aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, phenylcyclohexane, tetraline, methylnaphthalene
- chlorobenzene di.
- Halogenized aromatic hydrocarbons such as chlorobenzene and trichlorobenzene; 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3 -Aromatic ethers such as dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole and diphenyl ether; aromatic esters such as phenylacetate, phenylpropionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, propyl benzoate and n-butyl benzoate; Aromatic ketones such as cyclohexanone, cyclooctanone, fencon; alicyclic alcohols such as cyclohexanol and cyclooctanol; aliphatic ketones such as methylethylketone and dibutylketone; aliphatic alcohols such
- alkanes, aromatic hydrocarbons and aromatic esters are preferable, and aromatic hydrocarbons and aromatic esters are particularly preferable.
- One of these organic solvents may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in any combination and ratio.
- the boiling point of the organic solvent used is usually 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher, and usually 350 ° C. or lower, preferably 330 ° C. or lower, more preferably 300 ° C. or lower. If the boiling point of the organic solvent is lower than this range, the film formation stability may decrease due to solvent evaporation from the light emitting layer forming composition during wet film formation. If the boiling point of the organic solvent exceeds this range, the film formation stability may decrease due to the solvent remaining after the wet film formation.
- organic solvents it is considered preferable to combine two or more organic solvents having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher because it is easy to form a more uniform coating film.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention preferably further contains a second host material.
- the second host material is preferably a charge-transporting host material, and materials conventionally used as materials for organic electroluminescent devices can be used.
- materials conventionally used as materials for organic electroluminescent devices can be used.
- pyridine carbazole, naphthalene, perylene, pyrene, anthracene, chrysene, naphthalene, phenanthrene, coronen, fluoranthene, benzophenanthrene, fluorene, acetonaftofluoranthene, coumarin, p-bis (2-phenylethenyl) benzene and theirs.
- One of these may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in any combination and ratio.
- anthracene derivative a compound represented by the following formula (30) is preferable.
- the anthracene derivative represented by the following formula (30) has excellent electron transport properties, and when used as a host material for the light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device, functions as an electron transport host.
- Ar 241 and Ar 242 are each independently represented by the following formula (31), Ar 243 represents a substituent, and when there are a plurality of Ar 243s , the plurality of Ar 243s are present. It may be the same or different, and n 43 is an integer of 0 to 8.
- Ar 244 and Ar 245 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent or a heteroaromatic ring structure which may have a substituent.
- the plurality of Ar 244 and Ar 245 may be the same or different, and n 44 is an integer of 1 to 5 and n 45 is an integer of 0 to 5.
- Ar 244 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, and more preferably may have a substituent.
- An aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon structure is more preferably a benzene ring structure, a naphthalene structure, an anthracene structure, or a phenanthrene structure, and further preferably a benzene ring structure.
- Ar 245 preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or may have a substituent, which may have 6 carbon atoms. It is an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring of to 30 and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocycle or a fused ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or It is an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring having 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- aromatic hydrocarbon structure specifically, a benzene ring structure, a naphthalene structure, an anthracene structure, and a phenanthrene structure are preferable, and a benzene ring structure, a naphthalene structure, or a phenanthrene structure is more preferable.
- aromatic heterocyclic structure specifically, a dibenzofuran structure, a dibenzothiophene structure, and a phenanthroline structure are preferable, and a dibenzofuran structure or a phenanthroline structure is more preferable.
- n 44 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
- n 45 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
- the substituents that the substituents Ar 243 , Ar 244 and Ar 245 may have are preferably a group selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II, and more preferably contained in the above-mentioned substituent group Z. It is an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group contained in the above-mentioned substituent group Z. Further, the substituents that may be possessed by the substituents Ar 243 , Ar 244 and Ar 245 may further have a substituent, and the substituents that may further have are the above-mentioned substituents.
- the same group as the group Z can be mentioned, preferably an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 8 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms and 6 or less carbon atoms. It is more preferably an alkoxy group or a phenyl group, and each of the above-mentioned substituents of the substituent group Z does not have a further substituent from the viewpoint of charge transportability.
- the compound represented by the formula (30) is a low molecular weight material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,500 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably 1. , 500 or less, usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, more preferably 400 or more.
- the anthracene derivative represented by the formula (30) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
- the content of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.001% by mass or more, preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and is usually 30. It is 0.0% by mass or less, preferably 20.0% by mass or less.
- the content of the compounds I to IV contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 30.0% by mass or less, preferably 30.0% by mass or less. It is 20.0% by mass or less.
- the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer only at one type, or may be contained in combination of two or more types.
- the compounds I to IV only one kind may be contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer, or two or more kinds may be contained in combination.
- the content thereof is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 30.0% by mass or less. It is preferably 20.0% by mass or less.
- the total content of the compounds I to IV and the second host material contained in the light emitting layer forming composition of the present invention is represented by the formula (1) in the light emitting layer forming composition.
- 1 part by mass of the represented polycyclic heterocyclic compound it is usually 1000 parts by mass or less, preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and usually 0.01 parts by mass or more, preferably 0. It is 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more.
- the light emitting layer of the present invention is considered to appropriately suppress the movement of electric charges in the light emitting layer, further improve the balance between electrons and holes, improve the light emitting efficiency, and extend the driving life of the element.
- the content of the compounds I to IV is usually 100 parts by mass or less, preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and further, with respect to the total content of 100 parts by mass of the compounds I to IV and the second host material contained in the composition for formation. It is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, usually 1 part by mass or more, preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or more.
- the content of the organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, particularly preferably 80% by mass or more, and usually 99.95% by mass or less, preferably 99.95% by mass or less. Is 99.9% by mass or less, particularly preferably 99.8% by mass or less.
- the content of the organic solvent is at least the above lower limit, the viscosity is appropriate and the coatability is improved, and when it is at least the above upper limit, a uniform film can be easily obtained and the film forming property is good.
- composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain other compounds in addition to the above compounds, if necessary.
- Preferred examples of the other compound include phenols such as dibutylhydroxytoluene and dibutylphenol, which are known as antioxidants.
- the method for forming a light emitting layer using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is a wet film forming method.
- the wet film forming method is a method in which a composition is applied to form a liquid film, and the film is dried to remove an organic solvent to form a film of a light emitting layer.
- Examples of the coating method include spin coating method, dip coating method, die coating method, bar coating method, blade coating method, roll coating method, spray coating method, capillary coating method, inkjet method, nozzle printing method, screen printing method, and gravure.
- a spin coating method, a spray coating method, an inkjet method, a nozzle printing method and the like are preferable.
- an inkjet method or a nozzle printing method is preferable, and an inkjet method is particularly preferable.
- the drying method is not particularly limited, but natural drying, vacuum drying, heat drying, or vacuum drying while heating can be appropriately used.
- the heat drying may be carried out after natural drying or vacuum drying to further remove the residual organic solvent.
- vacuum drying it is preferable to reduce the pressure to the vapor pressure or lower of the organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer.
- the heating method is not particularly limited, but heating by a hot plate, heating in an oven, infrared heating, or the like can be used.
- the heating time is usually 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 200 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 150 ° C. or lower.
- the heating time is usually 1 minute or more, preferably 2 minutes or more, usually 60 minutes or less, preferably 30 minutes or less, and more preferably 20 minutes or less.
- the organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of the present invention includes an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer formed between the anode and the cathode using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention.
- the composition for forming a light emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention contains the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) as a light emitting material, and the compound I, the compound II, and the compound III as host materials. , Or at least one of the above-mentioned compound IV, and further contains an organic solvent.
- the composition for forming a light emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention preferably contains the second host material, and the second host material is preferably a compound represented by the formula (30).
- the light-emitting material contained in the composition for forming a light-emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention is preferably only the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), and the host material is the compound I, the above-mentioned compound I. It is more preferable that only the compound II, the compound III, or at least one of the compound IV, and the compound represented by the formula (30) are used.
- the organic electroluminescent element according to another aspect of the present invention has an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer provided between the anode and the cathode, and the light emitting layer is represented by the above formula (1).
- the electroluminescent layer preferably contains at least one of a ring heterocyclic compound and compounds I to IV, and the light emitting layer further preferably contains the second host material, and the second host material is the formula (30).
- the compound represented by is preferable.
- the light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to another aspect of the present invention is preferably only the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), and the host material is the compound I. , The compound II, the compound III, and at least one of the compound IV, and the compound represented by the formula (30) are more preferable.
- the host material as an electron transporting host material, from the viewpoint that it is easy to improve the charge balance of electrons and holes in the light emitting layer by including a material having electron transporting property and a material having hole transporting property.
- the second host material may contain at least one of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound II, and the hole transporting host material may contain at least one of the compound III and the compound IV. preferable.
- the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention further includes an organic layer other than the light emitting layer as a second organic layer between the anode and the light emitting layer.
- the second organic layer is more preferably a hole injection layer or a hole transport layer, and even more preferably a hole transport layer.
- the second organic layer is a polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit (hereinafter, the polymer contained in the second organic layer is referred to as a "second polymer". There is.), And it is more preferable that the polymer does not contain a cross-linking group.
- a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is preferable as described below, and more preferably, a repeating unit represented by the formula (54) described later, the formula (55).
- a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (56), a repeating unit represented by the formula (57), a repeating unit represented by the formula (60), or a repeating unit represented by the formula (60) is preferable.
- the second organic layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using a second composition described later.
- the second composition is insolubilized by heating after coating. Therefore, the second organic layer can be suitably used for stacking organic electroluminescent devices.
- the second organic layer included in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described below.
- the structure of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described later.
- the second organic layer preferably contains, as a hole transporting material, a second polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit, and the polymer may have a cross-linking group. It is more preferable that the polymer does not contain a cross-linking group. The reasons why it is preferable not to contain a cross-linking group are described below.
- a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron has an empty p-orbital on boron and easily reacts with various reactive groups.
- the hole transport layer in contact with the light emitting layer is made of a material that does not have a cross-linking group, the unreacted cross-linking group and the polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron do not chemically react when the element is driven, and the stability is improved. It is thought to improve.
- the polymer contained in the second organic layer preferably has a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit.
- the triarylamine structure is preferably contained in the backbone of the polymer.
- a polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit which is preferable as the polymer contained in the second organic layer, will be described.
- the substituent is a substituent selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II, or a cross-linking group described later.
- the repeating unit of the triarylamine structure is represented by the following formula (50).
- Ar 51 includes an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Represents a linked group of multiple groups selected from aromatic heterocyclic groups that may have substituents.
- Ar 52 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group represents a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
- Ar 51 and Ar 52 may form a ring via a single bond or a linking group.
- Ar 51 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, and a chrysene ring.
- Triphenylene ring Triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluorentene ring, fluorene ring and the like, a monovalent group of a 6-membered ring, a monovalent ring of 2 to 5 fused rings, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
- the "monovalent group of a benzene ring” means a "benzene ring having a monovalent free valence", that is, a phenyl group.
- the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, or an oxadiazole ring.
- Ar 51 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and above all, a benzene ring or a fluorene ring which may have a substituent from the viewpoints of excellent charge transportability and durability.
- the monovalent group of the above that is, a phenyl group or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is more preferable, a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is further preferable, and a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent may be possessed.
- a 2-fluorenyl group is particularly preferred.
- the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 51 may have is not particularly limited as long as it does not significantly reduce the characteristics of the present polymer.
- the substituent preferably includes a group selected from the substituent group Z, more preferably an alkyl group, a good lucoxy group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group, and even more preferably an alkyl group.
- Ar 51 is preferably a fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly a 2-fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. preferable. Further, a 9-alkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the 9-position of the 2-fluorenyl group is substituted with an alkyl group is preferable, and a 9,9-dialkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the 9-position is substituted with an alkyl group is particularly preferable.
- the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring tend to be improved. Furthermore, since both the 9-position and the 9'-position are fluorenyl groups substituted with an alkyl group, the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring tend to be further improved.
- Ar 51 is preferably a spirobifluorenyl group from the viewpoint of solubility in a coating solvent.
- Ar 51 As the polymer, at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50) contains a monovalent or divalent group in which 2 to 5 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked.
- Ar 53 and Ar 54 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents a divalent group in which a plurality of aromatic heterocyclic groups, which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent which may have a substituent, are directly linked or are linked via a linking group.
- Ar 55 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of group heterocyclic groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
- Ar 56 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- each aromatic hydrocarbon group and each aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent
- Ar 56 in the case of a substituent may have a cross-linking group.
- the cross-linking group a group selected from the cross-linking group group T described later can be used.
- Ar 53 and Ar 54 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent which may have a substituent.
- it is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
- the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have may have a bridging group, and the same group as the substituent group Z is preferable.
- the cross-linking group a group selected from the cross-linking group group T can be used.
- aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 53 and Ar 54 the same aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group as Ar 52 can be used.
- the same group is used as a divalent group in which a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly linked or linked via a linking group. May be a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked, or a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked may be used.
- a bivalent group linked to 2 to 10 is mentioned, and a divalent group linked to 2 to 5 is preferable.
- Ar 53 is preferably a group in which 1 to 6 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked, and a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent is preferable.
- a group in which 2 to 4 groups are linked is more preferable, a group in which 1 to 4 phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked is more preferable, and a group in which 2 or 4 phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked are further preferable.
- Biphenylene is particularly preferred.
- the plurality of linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded so as not to be conjugated.
- Ar 53 may have, the same group as the substituent group Z is preferable. Preferably, Ar 53 has no substituents.
- Ar 54 is preferably a group in which one or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may be the same or different are linked, from the viewpoint of excellent charge transportability and durability, and the divalent aromatic group is preferable.
- the group hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. When a plurality of plants are linked, 2 or more and 10 or less are preferable, 6 or less is more preferable, and 3 or less is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of film stability.
- Preferred aromatic hydrocarbon structures are a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a fluorene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring and a fluorene ring.
- the plurality of linked groups may be a group in which 1 to 4 phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked, or a group which may have a phenylene ring and a substituent which may have a substituent.
- a group to which a fluorene ring is linked is preferable. From the viewpoint of spreading LUMO, biphenylene in which two phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked is particularly preferable.
- any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. It is preferable that the group is other than the N-carbazolyl group, the indolocarbazolyl group and the indenocarbazolyl group, and more preferable substituents are a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and a fluorenyl group. It is also preferable that it does not have a substituent.
- Ar 55 includes an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- a group selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have the substituent is a monovalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
- it is a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which a plurality of monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
- the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have may have a bridging group, and a group similar to the substituent group Z is preferable.
- a group selected from the cross-linking group group T described later can be used.
- a plurality When a plurality are linked, it is preferably a divalent group linked by 2 to 10 and a monovalent group linked by 2 to 5.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon and the aromatic heterocycle the same aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group as Ar 51 can be used.
- the Ar 55 preferably has a structure represented by any of the following schemes 2. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of distributing the LUMO of the molecule, it is selected from a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-4, d-1 to d-16, and e1 to e4. Structure is preferable. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of promoting the spread of LUMO of the molecule by having an electron-withdrawing group, a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, d-1 to d-12, and e1 to e4. The structure selected from is preferred.
- a structure selected from a-1 to a-4, d-1 to d-12, and e1 to e4 is preferable. ..
- d-1 and d-10 are more preferable, and the benzene ring structure of d-1 is particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of easy synthesis and excellent stability.
- these structures may have a substituent.
- "-*" indicates the connection position with Ar 54
- any one of them indicates the connection position with Ar 54 .
- R 31 and R 32 of Scheme 2 are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and further preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. ..
- R 31 and R 32 may be the same or different, but all R 31 and R 32 can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and are easy to synthesize. Is preferably the same group.
- any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is preferable to select from the same substituents that the above Ar 54 may have.
- Ar 56 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- Ar 56 is a substituent, it is not particularly limited, but is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
- the preferred structure is the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon structure and the aromatic heterocyclic structure mentioned in Ar 53 to Ar 54 , and is a monovalent structure.
- Ar 56 When Ar 56 is a substituent, it may have a cross-linking group.
- a cross-linking group a group selected from the cross-linking group group T described later can be used.
- Ar 56 is a substituent, it is preferable that it is bonded to the 3-position of carbazole from the viewpoint of improving durability.
- Ar 56 is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transportability.
- Ar 56 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. , It is more preferable that it is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- Ar 56 is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transportability.
- Ar 56 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
- the substituents listed in the substituent group Z are substituted. The same is true for the groups, the preferred substituents are the same, and so are the substituents that these substituents may have.
- At least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50) is a group represented by the following formula (52).
- the reason for this is that in the two carbazole structures in the following formula (52), LUMO is distributed in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group between the nitrogen atoms of each other, and the main chain amine in the formula (50) is distributed. It is considered that the influence on the main chain amine is suppressed and the durability of the main chain amine to electrons and excitons is improved.
- Ar 61 and Ar 62 are each independently a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
- Ar 63 to Ar 65 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent. * Represents the bond position to the nitrogen atom in the formula (50). )
- Ar 63 to Ar 65 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- the substituents are not particularly limited, but preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic complex which may have a substituent. It is a ring group.
- the preferred structure of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group is the same as the group mentioned in Ar 51 .
- Ar 63 to Ar 65 are substituents, it is preferable that Ar 63 to Ar 65 are bonded to the 3-position or 6-position of each carbazole structure from the viewpoint of improving durability.
- Ar 63 to Ar 65 are preferably hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transportability.
- Ar 63 to Ar 65 are aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent from the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability. It is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- Ar 63 to Ar 65 are an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
- the substituents include the substituent group Z.
- Ar 62 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 10 or more and 50 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 12 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms.
- Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, and a fluoranthene ring.
- Examples thereof include a 6-membered monocyclic ring, a divalent group of a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, such as a fluorene ring. When a plurality of these are linked, it is preferably a group to which a plurality of linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are conjugated.
- the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and the like.
- Indole ring Indole ring, carbazole ring, pyroloymidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrolopyrole ring, thienopyrol ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring.
- Examples of the substituent that these aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aromatic heterocyclic groups may have include the alkyl group, the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group of the substituent group Z. If the steric effect of the substituent causes a twist in the structure of Ar 62 , it is preferable that there is no substituent, and if the steric effect of the substituent does not cause a twist in the structure of Ar 62 , it is preferable to have a substituent. ..
- the preferred group of Ar 62 is a divalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a fluorene ring or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, and more preferably, a divalent group of a benzene ring or a group in which a plurality thereof are linked.
- the benzene ring is linked with a divalent 1,4-phenylene group
- the fluorene ring is linked with a divalent 2,7-fluoreneylene group, or these are A plurality of linked groups, most preferably a group containing "1,4-phenylene group-2,7-fluorenylene group-1,4-phenylene group-".
- the phenylene group has no substituent other than the linking position, because the Ar 62 is not twisted due to the steric effect of the substituent.
- the fluorene group has a substituent at the 9,9'position from the viewpoint of improving the solubility and the durability of the fluorene structure.
- Ar 61 is a divalent group linked to the nitrogen atom of the amine in the backbone in formula (52).
- Ar 61 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group of Ar 61 preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 10 or more and 50 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 12 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms.
- Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, and a fluoranthene ring.
- Examples thereof include a 6-membered monocyclic ring, a divalent group of a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, such as a fluorene ring.
- the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 61 preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
- Synnoline ring Synnoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridin ring, benzoimidazole ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring, etc. Examples thereof include a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
- aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aromatic heterocyclic groups may have include the alkyl group, the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group of the substituent group Z.
- divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups or divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups When a plurality of these divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups or divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups are linked, it is preferably a group in which a plurality of linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded so as not to be conjugated. Specifically, it is preferable to include a 1,3-phenylene group or a group having a substituent and having a twisted structure due to the steric effect of the substituent.
- At least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is a group represented by the following formula (53).
- Ar 71 represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- Ar 72 and Ar 73 each independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It represents a monovalent group in which two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group.
- Ring HA is an aromatic heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom.
- X 2 and Y 2 independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and when at least one of X 2 and Y 2 is a carbon atom, the carbon atom may have a substituent.
- Ar 71 is the same group as Ar 53 .
- the Ar 71 is a group in which one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or 2 to 10 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
- one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which 2 to 8 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked is further used.
- a group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked is preferable.
- a group in which 2 to 6 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked is particularly preferable, and a quaterphenylene group in which 4 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked are particularly preferable. Most preferred.
- Ar 71 preferably contains at least one benzene ring linked at positions 1 and 3 which are non-conjugated sites, and more preferably contains 2 or more.
- Ar 71 is a group in which a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked, it is preferable that all of them are directly bonded and linked from the viewpoint of charge transportability or durability. ..
- any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used.
- the preferred range of substituents that Ar 71 may have is similar to the substituents that Ar 71 may have when G is an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
- X 2 and Y 2 independently represent a C (carbon) atom or an N (nitrogen) atom, respectively. When at least one of X 2 and Y 2 is a C atom, it may have a substituent.
- both X 2 and Y 2 are N atoms.
- any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it is more preferable that X 2 and Y 2 do not have a substituent.
- Ar 72 and Ar 73 each independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked.
- Ar 72 and Ar 73 independently have a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-4, and d shown in the above scheme 2. It is preferable to have a structure selected from -1 to d-16 and e-1 to e-4.
- a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-5, d-1 to A structure selected from d-12 and e-1 to e-4 is preferable.
- a-1 to a-4, d-1 to d-12, and e-1 to e-4 from the viewpoint of the effect of confining excitons formed in the light emitting layer having a high triplet level.
- the structure is preferred.
- a structure selected from d-1 to d-12 and e-1 to e-4 is more preferable.
- -* Represents a binding site with ring HA. When there are a plurality of "-*", one of them represents a site that binds to the ring HA.
- any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is a substituent, and a group similar to the substituent group Z is preferable.
- Ar 52 examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Ar 52 include a group similar to Ar 51 in the formula (50) and having a divalent value. Further, the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have in Ar 52 are preferably the same groups as those in the substituent group Z.
- a cross-linking group is a group that reacts with other cross-linking groups located in the vicinity of the cross-linking group to form a new chemical bond by irradiation with heat and / or active energy rays.
- the reacting group may be the same group as the cross-linking group or a different group.
- cross-linking group examples include a group containing an alkenyl group, a group containing a conjugated diene structure, a group containing an alkynyl group, a group containing an oxylan structure, a group containing an oxetane structure, a group containing an aziridine structure, an azido group, and a maleic anhydride structure.
- examples thereof include a group containing an alkenyl group bonded to an aromatic ring, a cyclobutene ring fused to an aromatic ring, and the like.
- Specific examples of the cross-linking group include a group selected from the following cross-linking group group T.
- R XL represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
- R 100 represents an alkyl group which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent
- n XL represents 0 to 5. Represents an integer. When there are a plurality of R XLs , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of n XLs , they may be the same or different. * 1 represents the bonding position.
- These cross-linking groups may have substituents.
- the substituent that R 100 may have in the case of these cross-linking groups and alkyl groups is preferably the substituent described in the substituent group Z.
- the polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit contains a plurality of repeating units represented by these formulas and a plurality of repeating units having different structures in each formula.
- Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50).
- X is -C (R 207 ) (R 208 )-, -N (R 209 )-or-C (R 211 ) (R 212 ) -C (R 213 ) (R 214 )-.
- R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
- R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may be used.
- a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4, respectively.
- c is an integer from 0 to 3 and d is an integer from 0 to 4,
- the plurality of R 201s may be the same or different.
- the plurality of R 202s may be the same or different.
- the plurality of R 221s may be the same or different.
- the plurality of R 222s may be the same or different.
- i and j are each independently an integer of 0 to 3.
- R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
- the alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, 1 or more is preferable, 8 or less is preferable, 6 or less is more preferable, and 3 or less is more preferable.
- the alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
- the plurality of R 201s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 202s, the plurality of R 202s may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 201 and R 202 have the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
- the plurality of R 221s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 222s, the plurality of R 222s may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 221 and R 222 have the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
- R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may be used.
- the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but since it tends to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 24 or less, further preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less. Further, the alkyl group may have a linear, branched or cyclic structure.
- alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group and an n-hexyl group.
- alkyl group examples include an n-octyl group, a cyclohexyl group and a dodecyl group.
- the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but the solubility of the polymer tends to be improved, so that the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or more, preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 40 or less.
- aralkyl group examples include 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-butyl) -1-phenylmethyl group and 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but the solubility of the polymer tends to be improved, so that the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 30 or less.
- aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring.
- Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered ring, a monovalent ring of 2 to 5 fused rings, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
- R 207 and R 208 are preferably a methyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, R 207 and R 208 are more preferably a methyl group, and R 209 is a phenyl group. Is more preferable.
- Alkyl groups of R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 , alkyl groups of R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 , aralkyl groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have substituents.
- substituents include the alkyl groups of R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 , the groups listed as preferable groups of the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group.
- the alkyl groups of R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 , the alkyl groups of R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 , the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group are substituents from the viewpoint of lowering the voltage. It is most preferable not to have.
- a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4. It is preferable that a + b is 1 or more, further, a and b are preferably 2 or less, and it is more preferable that both a and b are 1.
- a is 1 or more when c is 1 or more, and b is 1 or more when d is 1 or more. Further, when b is 1 or more, it is preferable that d is also 1 or more.
- the plurality of a may be the same or different, and when d is 2 or more, the plurality of b may be the same or different.
- the aromatic ring of the main chain is twisted due to steric hindrance, the polymer has excellent solubility in a solvent, and the coating film formed by a wet film forming method and heat-treated is insoluble in the solvent. Tends to be excellent. Therefore, when a + b is 1 or more, when another organic layer (for example, a light emitting layer) is formed on the coating film by a wet film forming method, the composition for forming a light emitting layer used in the present invention containing an organic solvent is included. Elution of the polymer into the substance is suppressed. As a result, it is considered that the influence on the formed light emitting layer is small and the drive life of the organic electroluminescent element is further extended.
- another organic layer for example, a light emitting layer
- c is an integer of 0 to 3 and d is an integer of 0 to 4.
- c and d are preferably 2 or less, respectively, c and d are more preferably equal, and it is particularly preferable that both c and d are 1 or both c and d are 2.
- both c and d in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) are 1, or both c and d are 2, and both a and b are 2 or 1, R.
- 201 and R 202 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions.
- R 201 and R 202 are bonded at positions symmetrical to each other means that the bonding position of R 201 and R 202 is the binding position of R 201 and R 202 with respect to the fluorene ring, carbazole ring or 9,10 dihydrophenanthrene derivative structure in the formula (54). It means that it is symmetric. At this time, 180 degree rotation about the main chain is regarded as the same structure.
- R 221 and R 222 are present, they are preferably independently present at the 1-position, 3-position, 6-position, or 8-position with respect to the carbon atom of the benzene ring to which X is bonded.
- the presence of R 221 and / or R 222 at this position causes the fused ring to which R 221 and / or R 222 is bonded and the adjacent benzene ring on the main chain to be twisted due to steric hindrance, resulting in a polymer.
- the coating film formed by the wet film forming method and heat-treated tends to have excellent solubility in a solvent, and is preferable.
- i and j are independently integers of 0 to 3.
- i and j are each independently, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. It is preferable that i and j are the same integer.
- R 221 and / or R 222 is preferably bonded to the 1-position and / or 3-position of the benzene ring. .. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, i and j are preferably 0.
- the carbon atom to which R221 or R222 can be bonded at the carbon atom next to the carbon atom to which X is bonded is at the 1st position, and is bonded to the adjacent structure as the main chain.
- the carbon atom is in the second position.
- Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and has an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent which may have a substituent.
- a plurality of groups selected from an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be present, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked. It is a group.
- It has an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent that may have a substituent.
- groups in which a plurality of groups selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups may be linked include the same group as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and the substituent and the preferable structure are also described in the above formula. The same as the case of Ar 51 in (50) can be mentioned.
- Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) is a group represented by the formula (51), the formula (52) or the formula (53).
- LUMO is distributed in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group between the nitrogen atoms of each other, so that the durability against electrons and excitons tends to be improved. It is believed that there is.
- X in the above formula (54) has high stability during charge transport, it is preferably -C (R 207 ) (R 208 )-or -N (R 209 )-, and -C (R 207 ). ) (R 208 )-is more preferred.
- the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) when there are a plurality of Ar 51 , R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , and X, they are different even if they are the same. May be good.
- the polymer contains a plurality of repeating units having the same structure as the repeating unit represented by the formula (54).
- the HOMO and LUMO of the repeating units are the same, so that the charges do not concentrate on a specific shallow level and become a trap, and the charge transportability It is considered to be excellent.
- the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) is particularly preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (54-1) to (54-8).
- R 201 and R 202 are the same, and R 201 and R 202 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions.
- the main chain structure excluding the nitrogen atom in the above formula (54) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
- the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more.
- the polymer contained in the second organic layer may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) as the repeating unit, but the purpose is to balance various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. Therefore, it may have a repeating unit different from that of the equation (54). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
- the terminal group refers to the structure of the terminal portion of the polymer formed by the end cap agent used at the end of the polymerization of the polymer.
- the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably a hydrocarbon group.
- the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 1 or more and 40 or less, and further preferably 1 or more and 30 or less.
- hydrocarbon group for example, Carbon such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group, etc.
- hydrocarbon groups may further have a substituent, and the substituent that may further have is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. When there are a plurality of these substituents which may be further present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
- the terminal group is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability.
- Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50) or the above formula (54).
- R 303 and R 306 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
- R 304 and R 305 are each independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
- l is 0 or 1 and is m is 1 or 2 and n is 0 or 1 and p is 0 or 1. q is 0 or 1.
- R 303 , R 306 R 303 and R 306 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
- Examples of the alkyl group include those similar to those of R 201 and R 202 in the above formula (54), and examples thereof include substituents and preferred structures similar to those of R 201 and R 202 .
- the plurality of R 303s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 306s, the plurality of R 306s may be the same or different.
- R 304 , R 305 ) R 304 and R 305 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) are independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent or a substituent. It is an aralkyl group which may have a group. It is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent. It is preferable that R 304 and R 304 are the same.
- the alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but 1 or more is preferable, 24 or less is preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 6 or less is more preferable, because the solubility of the polymer tends to be improved.
- the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, and the R10 group of the alkoxy group ( ⁇ OR 10 ) may have a linear, branched or cyclic structure, and tends to improve the solubility of the polymer.
- the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 24 or less, and more preferably 12 or less.
- Specific examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a hexyloxy group, a 1-methylpentyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group and the like.
- the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but since it tends to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or more, preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 40 or less.
- 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group 1,1-di (n-butyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-phenylmethyl group , 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl group, 1-methyl- 1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group, 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-n-heptyl group, Examples thereof include 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group and 4-phenylcyclohexyl group.
- L and n are independent of each other, and l + n is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
- l + n is in the above range, the solubility of the polymer contained in the second organic layer is increased, and precipitation from the composition for an organic electroluminescent device containing the polymer tends to be suppressed.
- M represents 1 or 2, and is preferably 1 because the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can be driven at a low voltage and the hole injection ability, transport ability, and durability tend to be improved.
- (P and q) p represents 0 or 1 and q represents 0 or 1.
- the plurality of ps may be the same or different, and when n is 2 or more, the plurality of qs may be the same or different.
- p and q do not become 0 at the same time, the solubility of the polymer contained in the composition of the present invention tends to be high, and precipitation from the second composition containing the polymer tends to be suppressed.
- the aromatic ring of the main chain is twisted due to steric hindrance, the polymer is excellently soluble in the solvent, and the coating film formed by the wet film forming method and heat-treated is transferred to the solvent. It tends to be insoluble. Therefore, when p + q is 1 or more, when another organic layer (for example, a light emitting layer) is formed on this coating film by a wet film forming method, the composition for forming another organic layer containing an organic solvent is obtained. Elution of the polymer of the above is suppressed.
- Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50) or the above formula (54), and is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
- It has an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent that may have a substituent.
- groups in which a plurality of groups selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups may be linked include the same group as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and the substituent and the preferable structure are also described in the above formula. The same as the case of Ar 51 in (50) can be mentioned.
- the main chain structure excluding the N atom of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
- the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or more.
- the polymer contained in the second organic layer may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) as the repeating unit, but the purpose is to balance various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. Therefore, it may have a repeating unit different from that of the equation (55). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
- the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
- it is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Preferred hydrocarbon groups and possible substituents are also the same as the terminal groups of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
- Ar 51 is the same as the Ar 51 in the above formula (50), the above formula (54) or the above formula (55).
- Ar 41 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
- R 441 and R 442 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
- t is 1 or 2
- u is 0 or 1 and is r and s are independently integers from 0 to 4.
- R 441 , R 442 R 441 and R 442 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
- the alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group which may have a substituent.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less.
- the alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or a hexyl group.
- R 441 and R 442 may be the same or different.
- r and s are independently integers of 0 to 4.
- t is 2 or more, the plurality of r may be the same or different, and when u is 2 or more, the plurality of s may be the same or different.
- r + s is preferably 1 or more, and r and s are preferably 2 or less, respectively. When r + s is 1 or more, it is considered that the drive life of the organic electroluminescent device is further extended.
- t is 1 or 2 and u is 0 or 1.
- t is preferably 1 and u is preferably 1.
- Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50), the above formula (54) or the above formula (55), and even if it has a substituent.
- Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or the aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent include the same as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50). Examples of the substituent and the preferable structure are the same as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50).
- Ar 41 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
- Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Ar 41 include the same groups as Ar 52 in the above formula (50). Further, the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are preferably the same groups as those of the substituent group Z, and the substituents that may have further are also the substituent group Z. It is preferable that it is the same as.
- the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or more.
- the polymer contained in the second organic layer may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) as the repeating unit, but the purpose is to balance various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. Therefore, it may have a repeating unit different from that of the equation (56). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
- the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
- it is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Preferred hydrocarbon groups and possible substituents are also the same as the terminal groups of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
- the Ar 51 is the same as the Ar 51 in the formula (50), the formula (54), the formula (55) or the formula (56).
- Each of R 517 to R 519 independently contains an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
- f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
- e represents an integer from 0 to 3 and represents However, when g is 1 or more, e is 1 or more.
- R 517 to R 519 The aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in R 517 to R 519 are independently the same groups as those mentioned in Ar 51 , and the substitutions that these groups may have.
- the group is preferably a group similar to the substituent group Z or.
- the alkyl group and the aralkyl group in R 517 to R 519 are preferably the same group as those mentioned in R 207 , and the substituent which may be possessed is also preferably the same group as in R 207 .
- the alkoxy group in R 517 to R 519 is preferably the alkoxy group mentioned in the substituent group Z, and the substituents that may be further contained are the same as those in the substituent group Z.
- (F, g, h) f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
- a plurality of g may be the same or different.
- f + g + h is 1 or more.
- f + h is 1 or more.
- f + h is 1 or more and f, g and h are 2 or less.
- f + h is 1 or more and f and h are 1 or less. It is most preferable that both f and h are 1.
- R 517 and R 519 are bonded to each other at symmetrical positions. Further, it is preferable that R 517 and R 519 are the same.
- g is 2
- the two R 518s are most preferably bonded to each other in the para position.
- g it is most preferable that the two R 518s are the same.
- R 517 and R 519 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions means the following coupling positions.
- 180 degree rotation around the main chain is regarded as the same structure.
- the ratio of the compound represented by the formula (1) to the repeating unit represented by the formula (57) is (formula).
- the number of moles of the repeating unit represented by (57)) / (the number of moles of the compound represented by the formula (1)) is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.3 or more, and 0.5 or more. More preferably, 0.9 or more is even more preferable, and 1.0 or more is particularly preferable.
- the ratio is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.5 or less, and even more preferably 1.2 or less.
- repeating unit represented by the above formula (57) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (58).
- the bonding positions are the 2nd and 5th positions.
- g 0, that is, when there is no steric hindrance due to R 518
- R 517 and R 519 are coupled to each other at a symmetrical position.
- the bonding positions are the 2nd and 5th positions.
- R 517 and R 519 can be coupled to each other at symmetrical positions.
- the main chain structure of the repeating unit represented by the formula (57) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
- the repeating unit represented by any of the formulas (50) to (59) does not have a cross-linking group.
- the polymer chain is not easily distorted by heating and drying or baking (heating and firing) after the wet film formation. This is because the volume change may occur when the cross-linking group reacts, and the polymer chain is distorted. This is also because the polymer chain is distorted even if the volume does not change.
- Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above equation (50).
- n 60 represents an integer of 1 to 5.
- n 60 represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
- the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is more preferably represented by the formula (54).
- the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
- the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
- the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
- it is preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the above formula (57) including a partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
- R 601 is R 201 or R 202 in equation (54), R 303 , R 304 , R 305 or R 406 in equation (55), R 441 or R + in equation (56), R 517 in equation (57), It represents R 518 or R 519 , and-* represents a bond with an adjacent atom.
- Ring B may be a part of the fused ring.
- the partial structures represented by the formulas (61) and (61') include Ring A and Ring B, and in the case of the partial structure of the formula (54), R201 or R202 , the formula ( If it is a partial structure of 55), it is R 303 , R 304 , R 305 , or R 406 , if it is a partial structure of equation (56), it is R 441 or R 442 , and if it is a partial structure of equation (57), it is. It may have R 517 , R 518 or R 519 . ) Since the formula (61) and the formula (61') can be regarded as the same, the formula (61) will be described below when necessary.
- the partial structure represented by the above equation (61) is more main than the normal ⁇ -conjugated bond by distorting the substantially planar structure of Ring A and Ring B formed by ⁇ -conjugation by the steric hindrance of R601 .
- the chain has a twisted structure. That is, it has a twisted structure that inhibits conjugation. Therefore, the singlet excitation energy level and the triplet excitation energy level are high, excitons in adjacent light emitting layers can be blocked, and the light emission efficiency as a light emitting element tends to be high, which is preferable.
- the repeating unit of the above formula (54) is particularly preferable. It is more preferable that the composition of the present invention contains the solvent compound represented by the above formula (1) and a polymer having this repeating unit.
- the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (62).
- Ar 51 , X, R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , a, b, c, d are Ar 51 , X, R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , a in the above equation (54).
- B, c, d, a 1 , a 2 , b 1 , b 2 , i 1 , i 2 , j 1 , and j 2 are independently 0 or 1, respectively.
- a 1 , a 2 and a are independent of each other, and at least one is 1 or more.
- b 1 , b 2 and b are independent of each other and at least one is 1 or more.
- c and d are 1 or more independently, respectively.
- c is 1
- at least one of a1 or a2 is 1.
- d is 1
- at least one of b1 or b2 is 1.
- (2) i 1 , i 2 , j 1 and j 2 are independent of each other, and at least one is 1.
- Ring B1 refers to a divalent benzene ring that may have R 201 in a particular position.
- Ring B3 refers to a divalent fused ring with a biphenyl structure further bonded at X.
- Ring B5 refers to a divalent benzene ring that may have R 202 at a particular position.
- a in the formula (54) is 1 or more is synonymous with the fact that at least one of a 1 , a 2 and a is 1 or more in the formula (62), and is synonymous with the formula (54).
- b is 1 or more is synonymous with the fact that at least one of b 1 , b 2 and b is 1 or more in the formula (62).
- the formula (62) includes the formula (61) as a partial structure.
- a 1 , a 2 and a is 1 or more, If at least one of a 1 or a 2 is 1,
- Ring B1 and Ring B2 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
- Ring B1 and Ring B3 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
- Ring B2 and Ring B1 or Ring B2 and Ring B3 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
- the above formula (61) may be included as a partial structure in Ring B2.
- i 1 , i 2 , j 1 and j 2 is 1.
- the formula (61) is formed as a partial structure by the ring to which R221 of Ring B3 is bonded and the benzene ring of Ring B2 or Ring B1.
- the ring in which R222 of Ring B3 is bonded and the benzene ring of Ring B4 or Ring B5 may form the formula (61) as a partial structure. I understand. That is, it can be seen that Ring B3 and Ring B2 or Ring B1 have a twisted structure, or Ring B3 and Ring B4 or Ring B5 are twisted.
- the formula (62) contains a twisted structure of the aromatic ring of the main chain, it is preferable because it is a twisted structure that inhibits conjugation.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 3,000,000 or less, preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less, still more preferably. Is 200,000 or less, particularly preferably 100,000 or less.
- the weight average molecular weight is usually 2,500 or more, preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, still more preferably 15,000 or more, and particularly preferably 17,000 or more.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polymer When the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit value, solubility in a solvent is obtained, and the film forming property tends to be excellent. Further, when the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in the glass transition temperature, the melting point and the vaporization temperature of the polymer may be suppressed, and the heat resistance may be improved.
- the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 2.5 million or less, preferably 750,000 or less, more preferably 400,000 or less, and particularly preferably. Is 100,000 or less.
- the number average molecular weight is usually 2,000 or more, preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 6,000 or more, and further preferably 8,000 or more.
- the dispersity (Mw / Mn) in the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably 3.5 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and particularly preferably 2.0 or less. .. Since the smaller the value of the dispersion, the better, the lower limit is ideally 1. When the dispersity of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit, purification is easy, and solubility in a solvent and charge transporting ability are good.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) or the formula (56) is preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 15,000 or more, still more preferably. It is over 17,000.
- the weight average molecular weight is preferably 2,000,000 or less, more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and particularly preferably 100,000 or less.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit, the increase in the molecular weight of impurities is suppressed, and purification tends to be easy. Further, when the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in the glass transition temperature, the melting point, the vaporization temperature and the like is suppressed, and the heat resistance tends to be improved.
- the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) or the formula (56) is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 800,000 or less. , More preferably 500,000 or less. Further, it is preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, and further preferably 10,000 or more.
- the dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) or the formula (56) is preferably 3.5 or less, more preferably 3.0 or less. It is more preferably 2.4 or less, particularly preferably 2.1 or less, and most preferably 2 or less.
- the dispersity of the polymer is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1.1 or more, and further preferably 1.2 or more.
- the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight of the polymer are determined by SEC (size exclusion chromatography) measurement.
- SEC size exclusion chromatography
- the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are calculated.
- the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is usually 10 mol% or more in 100 mol% of all the repeating units of the polymer. It is contained, preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more.
- the repeating unit may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (50), but the polymer is represented by the formula (50) for the purpose of balancing various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. It may have a repeating unit different from the repeating unit to be generated. In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
- the polymer containing the arylamine structure of the present invention as a repeating unit may further contain a structure represented by the following formula (50-2) in the main chain.
- R 81 and R 82 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group. When a plurality of R 81 and R 82 are present, they are the same. It may be different. P80 represents an integer of 1 to 5.
- the alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, 1 or more is preferable, 8 or less is preferable, 6 or less is more preferable, and 3 or less is further preferable.
- the alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
- R 81 and R 82 are aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aromatic heterocyclic groups, the structure described in the above-mentioned "Definition" item is preferable.
- R 81 and R 82 may have a substituent and / or a cross-linking group.
- the substituent is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z.
- the cross-linking group is preferably a cross-linking group selected from the cross-linking group group Z.
- p80 is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, and most preferably 1.
- the coupling of the main chain of the polymer is broken, the S1 energy level and the T1 energy level of the polymer are increased, and the composition containing this polymer is contained.
- the hole transport layer of the organic electric field light emitting element it is considered that the excitators of the light emitting layer are less likely to be deactivated and the light emission efficiency is increased, which is preferable.
- a specific structure in the repeating unit represented by each equation, a specific structure will be referred to as a “repeating unit structure”.
- the specific structure is a structure obtained by applying a specific structure or numerical value to all the codes in the general formula. That is, the polymer having an arylamine structure as a repeating unit has a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (54), a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (55), and a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (56).
- the repeating unit structures included in the formula (57) and the repeating unit structure included in the formula (60) only one repeating unit structure may be included, or two or more repeating unit structures may be included. good.
- the plurality of repetition units of two or more may be the repetition unit structure included in the same general formula, or may be a repetition unit structure included in different general formulas. There may be.
- the polymer having an arylamine structure as a repeating unit contains 1 or 2 specific repeating unit structures represented by each of these formulas, and does not contain other repeating unit structures. It is even more preferable that they are coalesced.
- These polymers may be random copolymers, alternate copolymers, block copolymers, graft copolymers, or the like, and the order of arrangement of the monomers is not limited.
- polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) and the polymer having the structure in which Ar 51 of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is represented by the formula (52) are shown below.
- the polymer used in the present invention is not limited to these.
- the numbers in the chemical formula represent the molar ratio of the repeating unit. n represents the number of repetitions.
- These polymers may be random copolymers, alternate copolymers, block copolymers, graft copolymers, or the like, and the order of arrangement of the monomers is not limited.
- polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) are shown below, but the polymer used in the present invention is not limited thereto.
- the numbers in the chemical formula represent the molar ratio of the repeating unit. n represents the number of repetitions.
- These polymers may be random copolymers, alternate copolymers, block copolymers, graft copolymers, or the like, and the order of arrangement of the monomers is not limited.
- the method for producing the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is not particularly limited and is arbitrary.
- a polymerization method by the Suzuki reaction a polymerization method by the Grignard reaction, a polymerization method by the Yamamoto reaction, a polymerization method by the Ullmanne reaction, a polymerization method by the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction and the like can be mentioned.
- the aryl dihalogenated represented by the following formula (54a) Z represents a halogen atom such as I, Br, Cl, F
- a second polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is synthesized.
- the dial halide represented by the formula (55a) Z represents a halogen atom such as I, Br, Cl, F
- the formula (55b) By reacting with the primary aminoaryl represented by 55b), a polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is synthesized.
- the reaction for forming an N-aryl bond is usually carried out in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, tert-butoxysodium or triethylamine. It can also be carried out in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as copper or palladium complex.
- a base such as potassium carbonate, tert-butoxysodium or triethylamine. It can also be carried out in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as copper or palladium complex.
- the second composition contains a second polymer and a solvent (organic solvent).
- This second composition is usually used by a wet film forming method to form an organic layer of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
- the organic layer is particularly preferably a hole transport layer adjacent to the light emitting layer formed by the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention.
- the second composition may contain one kind of the second polymer, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio.
- the content of the second polymer in the second composition is usually 0.01% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. It is 50% by mass or less.
- the content of the second polymer is within the above range, defects are less likely to occur in the formed organic layer and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
- the second composition usually contains a solvent.
- the solvent is preferably one that dissolves the second polymer.
- a solvent in which the second polymer is dissolved in the second composition at room temperature in an amount of usually 0.05% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 1% by mass or more is preferable. Is.
- the solvent include aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, cyclohexylbenzene and methylnaphthalene; halogen-containing solvents such as 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and o-dichlorobenzene; ethylene glycol dimethyl ether and ethylene glycol diethyl.
- aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, cyclohexylbenzene and methylnaphthalene
- halogen-containing solvents such as 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and o-dichlorobenzene
- ethylene glycol dimethyl ether and ethylene glycol diethyl.
- Alibo ethers such as ethers, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA); 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4- Ether-based solvents such as aromatic ethers such as methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole and 2,4-dimethylanisole; aliphatic ester-based solvents such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, ethyl lactate and n-butyl lactate; Ester-based solvents such as phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, isopropyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, n-butyl benzoate and other aromatic esters; organic solvents such as, and other holes described below.
- One type of solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used in any combination and in any ratio.
- the surface tension of the solvent at 20 ° C. is usually less than 40 dyn / cm, preferably 36 dyn / cm or less, and more preferably 33 dyn / cm or less.
- the vapor pressure of the solvent at 25 ° C. is usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, and usually 0.1 mmHg or more.
- Such a solvent include the above-mentioned aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene and cyclohexylbenzene, ether solvents and ester solvents.
- the solubility of the solvent in water at 25 ° C. is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less.
- the content of the solvent in the second composition is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or more.
- the content of the solvent is at least the above lower limit, the flatness and uniformity of the formed layer can be improved.
- the second composition preferably further contains an electron-accepting compound in terms of lowering the resistance.
- the second composition preferably contains an electron accepting compound.
- the electron-accepting compound a compound having an oxidizing power and an ability to receive one electron from the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is preferable. Specifically, a compound having an electron affinity of 4 eV or more is preferable, and a compound having an electron affinity of 5 eV or more is more preferable.
- the second composition may contain one kind of the above-mentioned electron-accepting compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and ratio.
- the content of the electron-accepting compound in the second composition is usually 0.0005% by mass or more, preferably 0.001% by mass or more, and is usually used. It is 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less.
- the ratio of the electron-accepting compound to the second polymer in the second composition is usually 0.5% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and usually 80% by mass. Hereinafter, it is preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
- the electron acceptor When the content of the electron-accepting compound in the second composition is at least the above lower limit, the electron acceptor receives electrons from the second polymer and the formed organic layer has a low resistance, which is preferable.
- the content of the electron-accepting compound in the second composition is not more than the above upper limit, defects are less likely to occur in the formed organic layer and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
- the second composition may further contain a cationic radical compound.
- a cationic radical compound an ionic compound composed of a cationic radical, which is a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a hole transporting compound, and a counter anion is preferable.
- the cation radical is derived from a hole-transporting polymer compound, the cation radical has a structure in which one electron is removed from the repeating unit of the polymer compound.
- the cation radical is preferably a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from the hole transporting compound described later.
- a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a preferable compound as a hole transporting compound is preferable in terms of amorphousness, visible light transmittance, heat resistance, solubility and the like.
- the cationic radical compound can be produced by mixing the hole transporting compound described later and the electron accepting compound described above. By mixing a hole-transporting compound and an electron-accepting compound, electron transfer occurs from the hole-transporting compound to the electron-accepting compound, and a cation consisting of a cation radical and a counter anion of the hole-transporting compound occurs. The compound is produced.
- the content of the cation radical compound in the second composition is usually 0.0005% by mass or more, preferably 0.001% by mass or more, and usually 40% by mass. Hereinafter, it is preferably 20% by mass or less.
- the content of the cationic radical compound is not less than the above lower limit, the formed organic layer has a low resistance, and when it is not more than the above upper limit, the formed organic layer is less likely to have defects and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur. ..
- the second composition may contain components contained in the hole injection layer forming composition and the hole transport layer forming composition described later in the contents described below. ..
- FIG. 1 shows a schematic view (cross section) of a structural example of the organic electroluminescent device 8.
- 1 is a substrate
- 2 is an anode
- 3 is a hole injection layer
- 4 is a hole transport layer
- 5 is a light emitting layer
- 6 is an electron transport layer
- 7 is a cathode.
- the substrate 1 serves as a support for an organic electric field light emitting element, and usually a quartz or glass plate, a metal plate, a metal foil, a plastic film, a sheet, or the like is used. Of these, a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin plate such as polyester, polymethacrylate, polycarbonate, or polysulfone is preferable.
- the substrate is preferably made of a material having a high gas barrier property because the organic electroluminescent element is unlikely to be deteriorated by the outside air. Therefore, particularly when a material having a low gas barrier property such as a substrate made of synthetic resin is used, it is preferable to provide a dense silicon oxide film or the like on at least one side of the substrate to improve the gas barrier property.
- the anode 2 has a function of injecting holes into the layer on the light emitting layer 5 side.
- the anode 2 is usually a metal such as aluminum, gold, silver, nickel, palladium, platinum; a metal oxide such as an oxide of indium and / or tin; a halide metal such as copper iodide; carbon black and poly (3). -Methylthiophene), polypyrrole, polyaniline and other conductive polymers.
- the anode 2 is usually formed by a dry method such as a sputtering method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
- a dry method such as a sputtering method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
- metal fine particles such as silver, fine particles such as copper iodide, carbon black, conductive metal oxide fine particles, conductive polymer fine powder, etc.
- disperse them in an appropriate binder resin solution it can also be formed by applying it on a substrate.
- a conductive polymer a thin film can be formed directly on the substrate by electrolytic polymerization, or an anode can be formed by applying the conductive polymer on the substrate (Appl. Phys. Lett., Volume 60, 2711 p., 1992).
- the anode 2 usually has a single-layer structure, but may have a laminated structure as appropriate. When the anode 2 has a laminated structure, different conductive materials may be laminated on the first-layer anode.
- the thickness of the anode 2 may be determined according to the required transparency and material. When particularly high transparency is required, a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 60% or more is preferable, and a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 80% or more is further preferable.
- the thickness of the anode 2 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 1000 nm or less, preferably 500 nm or less.
- the thickness of the anode 2 may be arbitrarily set according to the required strength and the like, and in this case, the anode 2 may have the same thickness as the substrate.
- impurities on the anode 2 are removed and the ionization potential thereof is formed by treating the surface of the anode 2 with ultraviolet rays / ozone, oxygen plasma, argon plasma, or the like. It is preferable to improve the hole injection property.
- the layer having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5 side is usually called a hole injection transport layer or a hole transport layer.
- the layer closer to the anode side may be referred to as the hole injection layer 3.
- the hole injection layer 3 is preferably formed in that it enhances the function of transporting holes from the anode 2 to the light emitting layer 5 side.
- the hole injection layer 3 is usually formed on the anode 2.
- the film thickness of the hole injection layer 3 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, usually 1000 nm or less, and preferably 500 nm or less.
- the hole injection layer may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. From the viewpoint of excellent film forming property, it is preferable to form by a wet film forming method.
- the hole injection layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using a composition for forming a hole injection layer.
- the composition for forming a hole injection layer usually contains a hole transporting compound that becomes the hole injection layer 3.
- the composition for forming a hole injection layer usually further contains a solvent. It is preferable that the composition for forming a hole injection layer has high hole transportability and can efficiently transport the injected holes. Therefore, it is preferable that the hole mobility is high and impurities that serve as traps are unlikely to be generated during manufacturing or use. Further, it is preferable that the stability is excellent, the ionization potential is small, and the transparency to visible light is high. In particular, when the hole injection layer is in contact with the light emitting layer, those that do not quench the light emitted from the light emitting layer or those that form an exciplex with the light emitting layer and do not reduce the luminous efficiency are preferable.
- hole transporting compound a compound having an ionization potential of 4.5 eV to 6.0 eV is preferable from the viewpoint of a charge injection barrier from the anode to the hole injection layer.
- hole-transporting compounds include aromatic amine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, oligothiophene compounds, polythiophene compounds, benzylphenyl compounds, compounds in which a tertiary amine is linked with a fluorene group, and hydrazone.
- examples thereof include a system compound, a silazane system compound, and a quinacridone system compound.
- aromatic amine compounds are preferable, and aromatic tertiary amine compounds are particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of amorphousness and visible light transmission.
- the aromatic tertiary amine compound is a compound having an aromatic tertiary amine structure, and also includes a compound having a group derived from the aromatic tertiary amine.
- the type of the aromatic tertiary amine compound is not particularly limited, but is a polymer compound having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more and 1,000,000 or less (repeatedly) because it is easy to obtain uniform light emission due to the surface smoothing effect. It is preferable to use a polymerized compound in which the units are continuous.
- the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the wet film formation method
- the material to be the hole injection layer is usually mixed with a soluble solvent (solvent for the hole injection layer) to form a composition for film formation (holes).
- a composition for forming an injection layer is prepared.
- the hole-injection layer forming composition is applied onto a layer (usually an anode) corresponding to the lower layer of the hole-injection layer to form a film, and the hole-injection layer 3 is formed by drying.
- the concentration of the hole transporting compound in the composition for forming a hole injection layer is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but a lower concentration is preferable in terms of film thickness uniformity, and hole injection is preferable. Higher is preferable in that defects are less likely to occur in the layer. Specifically, it is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, further preferably 0.1% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and it is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or less.
- solvent examples include ether solvents, ester solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, amide solvents and the like.
- ether solvent examples include aliphatic ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether and propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene and anisole. , Fenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole and other aromatic ethers.
- aliphatic ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether and propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene and anisole.
- PMEA propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate
- Fenetol 2-methoxytoluene
- ester-based solvent examples include aromatic esters such as phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, and n-butyl benzoate.
- aromatic hydrocarbon solvent examples include toluene, xylene, cyclohexylbenzene, 3-isopropylbiphenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene, 1,4-diisopropylbenzene, cyclohexylbenzene, methylnaphthalene and the like. Be done.
- amide-based solvent examples include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and the like.
- dimethyl sulfoxide and the like can also be used.
- the formation of the hole injection layer 3 by the wet film formation method is usually performed on the layer corresponding to the lower layer of the hole injection layer 3 (usually, the anode 2) after preparing the composition for forming the hole injection layer. It is carried out by applying a film to the film and drying it. In the hole injection layer 3, the coating film is usually dried by heating, vacuum drying, or the like after the film formation.
- the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the vacuum vapor deposition method
- a crucible installed in a vacuum vessel (two or more kinds of materials).
- the crucible is heated (when two or more kinds of materials are used, each crucible is usually heated), and the material in the crucible is evaporated while controlling the evaporation amount (when two or more kinds of materials are used).
- a mixture thereof can be placed in a crucible and heated and evaporated to form a hole injection layer.
- the degree of vacuum at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 ⁇ 10 -6 Torr (0.13 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa) or more, 9.0 ⁇ 10 -6 Torr ( 12.0 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa) or less.
- the vapor deposition rate is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 ⁇ / sec or more and 5.0 ⁇ / sec or less.
- the film formation temperature at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is preferably 10 ° C. or higher and 50 ° C. or lower.
- the hole injection layer 3 may be crosslinked.
- the hole transport layer 4 is a layer having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5 side.
- the hole transport layer 4 is preferably formed in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention in terms of enhancing the function of transporting holes from the anode 2 to the light emitting layer 5.
- the hole transport layer 4 is usually formed between the anode 2 and the light emitting layer 5.
- the hole transport layer 4 is formed between the hole injection layer 3 and the light emitting layer 5.
- the film thickness of the hole transport layer 4 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
- the hole transport layer 4 may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. From the viewpoint of excellent film forming property, it is preferable to form by a wet film forming method.
- the hole transport layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using the above-mentioned second composition as the composition for forming the hole transport layer.
- the hole transport layer 4 usually contains a hole transport compound.
- the hole transporting compound contained in the hole transporting layer 4 the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is preferable.
- two or more tertiary amines represented by the hole transporting compound 4,4'-bis [N- (1-naphthyl) -N-phenylamino] biphenyl, can be used.
- Stars such as aromatic diamine (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-234681) in which two or more condensed aromatic rings are substituted with nitrogen atoms, 4,4', 4 "-tris (1-naphthylphenylamino) triphenylamine and the like.
- Aromatic amine compounds with a burst structure J. Lumin., 72-74, pp.
- hole transport layer is formed by the wet film forming method
- holes are usually formed instead of the hole injection layer forming composition in the same manner as in the case where the hole injection layer is formed by the wet film forming method. It is formed using a composition for forming a transport layer.
- the composition for forming the hole transport layer usually further contains a solvent.
- a solvent used in the composition for forming a hole transport layer, the same solvent as the solvent used in the composition for forming a hole injection layer described above can be used.
- the concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming the hole-transporting layer can be in the same range as the concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming the hole-injecting layer.
- the hole transport layer can be formed by the wet film formation method in the same manner as the hole injection layer film formation method described above.
- the hole transport is usually performed instead of the composition for forming the hole injection layer in the same manner as in the case of forming the hole injection layer by the vacuum vapor deposition method. It can be formed using a layer-forming composition.
- the film formation conditions such as the degree of vacuum, the vapor deposition rate, and the temperature at the time of vapor deposition can be the same as those at the time of vacuum deposition of the hole injection layer.
- the light emitting layer 5 is a layer having a function of emitting light by being excited by recombination of holes injected from the anode 2 and electrons injected from the cathode 7 when an electric field is applied between the pair of electrodes. ..
- the light emitting layer 5 is a layer formed between the anode 2 and the cathode 7.
- the light emitting layer is formed between the hole injection layer and the cathode when there is a hole injection layer on the anode.
- the light emitting layer 5 is formed between the hole transport layer and the cathode.
- the organic electroluminescent device in the present invention contains the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1) as a light emitting material, and the above compound I, the said compound II, the said compound III, and the said compound IV as host materials. It is preferable to have a light emitting layer containing at least one kind. Further, since the host material preferably contains a material having electron transporting property and a material having hole transporting property, the host material is represented by the formula (30) which is the second host material as the electron transporting host material. It is preferable that the compound and at least one of the compound II are contained, and at least one of the compound III and the compound IV is contained as the hole transporting host material.
- the preferable compounding ratio (mass ratio) when the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention contains the compound represented by the above formula (30) as the second host is as follows.
- the blending amount of the compound I with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound I is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 40 or less, further preferably 30 or less, and particularly preferably 25 or less. 5 or more is preferable, 10 or more is more preferable, and 20 or more is particularly preferable.
- the blending amount of the compound II with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound II is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less.
- the blending amount of the compound III with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound III is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less.
- 1 or more is preferable, and 3 or more is more preferable.
- the blending amount of the compound IV with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound IV is preferably 70 or less, more preferably 50 or less, particularly preferably 30 or less, and most preferably 20 or less. 1 or more is preferable, 3 or more is more preferable, and 5 or more is particularly preferable.
- the compound II is contained and the compound III or the compound IV is contained, and the compound II and the compound IV are contained. Is more preferable.
- the compounding ratio (mass ratio) when the compound II is contained and the compound III or the compound IV is contained is the said in terms of the compounding amount of the compound II and the compounding amount of the compound III or the compound IV to a total of 100.
- the blending amount of compound II is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 30 or more, particularly preferably 50 or more, most preferably 70 or more, preferably 95 or less, further preferably 90 or less, and particularly preferably 85 or less.
- the film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired.
- the film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is preferably 3 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, preferably 200 nm or less, and further preferably 100 nm or less.
- the light emitting layer 5 contains at least a material having light emitting properties (light emitting material), and preferably contains one or more host materials.
- the host material is usually a charge transport material, but a material having a low charge transport property may be blended in order to adjust the charge transport property.
- the light emitting layer may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film forming method, but the wet film forming method is preferable, and the spin coating method and the inkjet method are more preferable because of the excellent film forming property.
- a light emitting layer is formed using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention, laminating by a wet film forming method is easy, so that it is preferable to adopt a wet film forming method.
- the hole injection layer is formed with the light emitting layer instead of the composition for forming the hole injection layer in the same manner as in the case of forming the hole injection layer by the wet film forming method.
- the material is formed by using a composition for forming a light emitting layer prepared by mixing a soluble solvent (solvent for a light emitting layer).
- the solvent examples include ether-based solvents, ester-based solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents, amide-based solvents, alcan-based solvents, halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents, and fats mentioned for the formation of the hole injection layer.
- examples thereof include a group alcohol solvent, an alicyclic alcohol solvent, an aliphatic ketone solvent, an alicyclic ketone solvent and the like. Specific examples of the solvent are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
- aliphatic ether solvents such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA); 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2 -Aromatic ether solvents such as methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole, diphenyl ether; phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, benzoic acid Aromatic ester solvents such as ethyl, propyl benzoate, n-butyl benzoate; toluene, xylene, mesitylen, cyclohexylbenzene, tetralin, 3-isopropylbiphenyl, 1,2,3,
- a hole blocking layer may be provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the electron transport layer 6 described later.
- the hole blocking layer is a layer laminated on the light emitting layer 5 so as to be in contact with the interface on the cathode 7 side of the light emitting layer 5.
- This hole blocking layer has a role of blocking holes moving from the anode 2 from reaching the cathode 7 and a role of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 7 toward the light emitting layer 5.
- the physical properties required for the material constituting the hole blocking layer are high electron mobility and low hole mobility, a large energy gap (difference between HOMO and LUMO), and an excited triplet level (T 1 ). Is high.
- Examples of the material of the hole blocking layer satisfying such conditions include bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (phenorato) aluminum, bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (triphenylsilanorat) aluminum and the like.
- Mixed ligand complex bis (2-methyl-8-quinolato) aluminum- ⁇ -oxo-bis- (2-methyl-8-quinolilato) aluminum dinuclear metal complex and other metal complexes, distyrylbiphenyl derivative and the like.
- Triazole derivatives such as styryl compounds (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
- the hole blocking layer There are no restrictions on the method of forming the hole blocking layer. Therefore, it can be formed by a wet film forming method, a thin film deposition method, or another method.
- the film thickness of the hole blocking layer is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.3 nm or more, preferably 0.5 nm or more, and usually 100 nm or less, preferably 50 nm or less.
- the electron transport layer 6 is provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the cathode 7 for the purpose of further improving the current efficiency of the device.
- the electron transport layer 6 is formed of a compound capable of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 7 between electrodes to which an electric field is applied in the direction of the light emitting layer 5.
- the electron transporting compound used in the electron transporting layer 6 is a compound having high electron injection efficiency from the cathode 7, high electron mobility, and capable of efficiently transporting the injected electrons. is required.
- Examples of the electron-transporting compound used in the electron-transporting layer include a metal complex such as an aluminum complex of 8-hydroxyquinoline (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-194393), a metal complex of 10-hydroxybenzo [h] quinoline, and oxadi.
- phenanthroline derivative Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-331459
- 2-tert-butyl-9,10-N, N'-dicyanoanthraquinonediimine n-type hydrogenated amorphous Examples thereof include silicon carbide, n-type zinc sulfide, and n-type zinc selenium.
- the film thickness of the electron transport layer 6 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, and usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
- the electron transport layer 6 is formed by laminating on a light emitting layer or a hole blocking layer by a wet film forming method or a vacuum vapor deposition method in the same manner as described above. Usually, a vacuum deposition method is used.
- an electron injection layer may be provided between the electron transport layer 6 and the cathode 7.
- the material forming the electron injection layer is preferably a metal having a low work function.
- an alkali metal such as sodium or cesium, an alkaline earth metal such as barium or calcium, or the like is used.
- the film thickness is usually preferably 0.1 nm or more and 5 nm or less.
- an organic electron transport material represented by a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound such as vasophenantroline and a metal complex such as an aluminum complex of 8-hydroxyquinoline is doped with an alkali metal such as sodium, potassium, cesium, lithium and rubidium (). Also described in JP-A No. 10-270171, JP-A-2002-100478, JP-A-2002-1000482, etc.), because electron injection and transportability are improved and excellent film quality can be achieved at the same time. preferable.
- the film thickness of the electron injection layer is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 200 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
- the electron injection layer is formed by laminating on the light emitting layer 5 or the hole blocking layer or the electron transport layer 6 on the light emitting layer 5 by a wet film forming method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
- the details of the wet film forming method are the same as those of the above-mentioned light emitting layer.
- the hole blocking layer, electron transport layer, and electron injection layer may be made into one layer by the operation of electron transport material and lithium complex co-doping.
- the cathode 7 plays a role of injecting electrons into a layer on the light emitting layer 5 side (electron injection layer, light emitting layer, or the like).
- the material used for the anode 2 can be used.
- a metal having a low work function in order to efficiently inject electrons, and for example, a metal such as tin, magnesium, indium, calcium, aluminum, silver or an alloy thereof is used. Be done.
- Specific examples include alloy electrodes having a low work function such as magnesium-silver alloys, magnesium-indium alloys, and aluminum-lithium alloys.
- the organic electroluminescent element it is preferable to laminate a metal layer having a high work function and stable with respect to the atmosphere on the cathode to protect the cathode made of a metal having a low work function.
- the metal to be laminated include metals such as aluminum, silver, copper, nickel, chromium, gold, and platinum.
- the film thickness of the cathode is usually the same as that of the anode.
- the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention may further have another layer as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. Any other layer may be provided between the anode and the cathode.
- the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention has a structure opposite to that described above, that is, for example, a cathode, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer, a light emitting layer, a hole transport layer, and holes on a substrate. It is also possible to stack the injection layer and the anode in this order.
- the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention When the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is applied to an organic electroluminescent device, it may be used as a single organic electroluminescent device or may be used in a configuration in which a plurality of organic electroluminescent devices are arranged in an array.
- the anode and cathode may be arranged in an XY matrix.
- the organic EL display device (organic electroluminescent element display device) of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention.
- the model and structure of the organic EL display device of the present invention are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
- the organic EL display device of the present invention can be obtained by a method as described in "Organic EL Display” (Ohmsha, published on August 20, 2004, by Shizushi Tokito, Chihaya Adachi, Hideyuki Murata). Can be formed.
- the organic EL lighting (organic electroluminescent element lighting) of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention.
- the type and structure of the organic EL lighting of the present invention are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
- the organic electroluminescent device manufactured by using the formula (D-1) described later as a light emitting material showed blue light emission having a peak wavelength of about 464 nm and a half width of about 30 nm. ..
- Example I-1 An organic electroluminescent device was manufactured by the following method. A 2 mm wide stripe of indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent conductive film deposited on a glass substrate to a thickness of 50 nm (a sputtered film product manufactured by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) using ordinary photolithography technology and hydrochloric acid etching. The anode was formed by patterning. The substrate on which the ITO pattern is formed is washed in the order of ultrasonic cleaning with an aqueous solution of a surfactant, water washing with ultrapure water, ultrasonic cleaning with ultrapure water, and water washing with ultrapure water, and then dried with compressed air. Finally, UV ozone cleaning was performed.
- ITO indium tin oxide
- composition for forming a hole injection layer 3.0% by mass of a hole transporting polymer compound having a repeating structure of the following formula (P-1) and 0.6% by mass of an oxidizing agent (HI-1) are used. , A composition dissolved in ethyl benzoate was prepared.
- This composition for forming a hole injection layer is spin-coated on the substrate in the atmosphere and dried on an atmospheric hot plate at 240 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a uniform thin film having a film thickness of 40 nm to form a hole injection layer. And said.
- a charge-transporting polymer compound having the following structural formula (HT-1) was dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene at a concentration of 3.0% by mass to prepare a composition for forming a hole transport layer.
- This composition for forming a hole transport layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole injection layer and dried at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box to form a film.
- a uniform thin film having a thickness of 40 nm was formed to form a hole transport layer.
- This composition for forming a light emitting layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole transport layer, dried at 120 ° C. for 20 minutes on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box, and has a film thickness of 40 nm. A uniform thin film was formed to form a light emitting layer.
- the substrate on which the film was formed up to the light emitting layer was installed in a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and the inside of the apparatus was exhausted until it became 2 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa or less.
- a 2 mm wide striped shadow mask as a mask for cathode vapor deposition is brought into close contact with the substrate so as to be orthogonal to the ITO stripe of the anode, and aluminum is heated by a molybdenum boat to form an aluminum layer having a thickness of 80 nm. Formed to form a cathode.
- an organic electroluminescent device having a light emitting area portion having a size of 2 mm ⁇ 2 mm was obtained.
- composition of the light emitting layer forming composition is the same as that of Example I-1 except that (H-1) is 97 parts by mass, (D-1) is 3 parts by mass, and (H-2) is not used. The element was manufactured.
- Example II-1 As the material of the light emitting layer, 92 parts by mass of the following structural formula (H-1), 5 parts by mass of (H-3), and 3 parts by mass of (D-1) are weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to have a solid content concentration. A 4.2% by mass solution was prepared and used as a composition for forming a light emitting layer.
- the device was produced in the same manner as in Example I-1 except that the above light emitting layer forming composition was used as the light emitting layer forming composition.
- Table 2 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example II-1, the relative current luminous efficiency of Example II-1 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1, and the comparative example.
- Example II-2 As the material of the light emitting layer, it is carried out except that the structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following structural formula (H-6) is 5 parts by mass, and the structural formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass.
- the element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example II-1.
- Example II-3 As the material of the light emitting layer, it is carried out except that the structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following structural formula (H-7) is 5 parts by mass, and the structural formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass.
- the element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example II-1.
- Table 3 shows the relative current luminous efficiency of Example II-2 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1, and the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of Comparative Example 1 of Example II-2.
- Table 4 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example II-3, and the relative current luminous efficiency of Example II-3 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1.
- V voltage difference
- EQE external quantum efficiency
- the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention using compound II as the first host material is expected to have high luminous efficiency, low voltage and long life, and the device performance is improved. I found out that I would do it.
- Example III-1 As the material of the light emitting layer, the following structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, (H-4) is 5 parts by mass, and (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner.
- Example III-2 An element was produced in the same manner as in Example III-1 except that (H-5) having the following structure was used instead of (H-4) as the material of the light emitting layer.
- Table 5 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example III-1 and Example III-2, and Examples III-1 and Implementation when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1.
- the relative EQE of Example III-1 and Example III-2 is described when the relative current luminous efficiency of Example III-2 and the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of Comparative Example 1 are set to 1.
- the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention using compound III as the first host material has high luminous efficiency and improved device performance with low voltage drive. Further, when the elements obtained in Example III-1 and Comparative Example 1 are continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time (hr) in which the brightness of the element decreases to 90% of the initial brightness is set. When measured as the life, the relative life of Example III-1 was 1.39 when the life of Comparative Example 1 was 1, indicating that the life was extended.
- the element was manufactured in the same manner as in 2.
- Comparative Example III-2 As the material of the light emitting layer, an element was manufactured in the same manner as in Comparative Example III-1 except that the formula (H-1) was 97 parts by mass and the formula (D-2) was 3 parts by mass.
- Example IV-1 Examples I-1 as the material of the light emitting layer, except that the formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following formula (H-8) is 5 parts by mass, and the formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner as above.
- Table 6 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example IV-1, the relative current luminous efficiency of Example IV-1 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1, and the comparative example.
- Example 1 a polymer having no cross-linking group was used as the second polymer forming the hole transport layer.
- An organic electroluminescent device containing compound II and compound IV was produced as a host material for the light emitting layer.
- the following formula (HT-2) is used instead of the above formula (HT-1).
- the following formula (H-9) is 22.5 parts by mass
- the following formula (H-10) is 22.5 parts by mass
- the above formula (H-8) is 15 parts by mass
- the following formula (D) is used as the material of the light emitting layer.
- Example I-3 was weighed in 3 parts by mass, dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 4.2% by mass, and the same as in Example I-1 except that the composition was prepared as a composition for forming a light emitting layer.
- the element was manufactured.
- Example 2 Organic electroluminescence is carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structural formula (HT-3) is used instead of the compound represented by the structural formula (HT-2) as the material of the hole transport layer. The element was manufactured.
- Example 3 Organic electroluminescence is carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structural formula (HT-1) is used instead of the compound represented by the structural formula (HT-2) as the material of the hole transport layer. The element was manufactured.
- Table 7 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Example 3 from Example 1 and Example 2, and the relative current emission of Examples 1 and 2 when the current luminous efficiency of Example 3 is 1. Efficiency, relative EQE of Examples 1 and 2 when the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of Example 3 is 1, and relative of Examples 1 and 2 when the lifetime of Example is 1. I wrote down the life.
- the present invention relates to various fields in which an organic electroluminescent element is used, for example, a flat panel display (for example, for an OA computer or a wall-mounted television), or a light source that takes advantage of its characteristics as a surface emitter (for example, a light source for a copying machine).
- a flat panel display for example, for an OA computer or a wall-mounted television
- a light source that takes advantage of its characteristics as a surface emitter
- Liquid crystal display, backlight source of instruments), display board, indicator light, etc. can be suitably used.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
Abstract
Description
しかし、素子の駆動寿命のさらなる長寿命化が望まれている。
また、素子の低電圧駆動化、発光効率の向上も望まれている。 Patent Documents 1 to 5 study an organic electroluminescent element that forms a light emitting layer containing a light emitting material having a polycyclic heterocyclic compound skeleton containing boron and nitrogen by a wet film forming method.
However, it is desired to further extend the drive life of the device.
Further, it is desired to reduce the voltage drive of the element and improve the luminous efficiency.
本発明はまた、ホウ素を含有する多環複素環化合物を含有する発光層を有し、優れた素子特性を示し、低電圧駆動し、発光効率が高く、駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を提供することを課題とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device which has a light emitting layer containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron, exhibits excellent device characteristics, and has a particularly long drive life.
The present invention also provides an organic electroluminescent device which has a light emitting layer containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron, exhibits excellent element characteristics, is driven at a low voltage, has high luminous efficiency, and has a long driving life. The task is to do.
環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-Ra)2-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
前記Raは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物 (In equation (1),
Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
Xa1、Ya1、及びZa1は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
Xa2、Ya2及びZa2は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa2、Ya2、Za2は水素原子ではない。) (In formula (200),
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent.
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
n24は1~4の整数を表し、
n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。) (In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。) (In equation (240),
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。) (In the above formula, * represents the bond position.
Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-Ra)2-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
前記Raは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物 (In equation (1),
Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
Xa1、Ya1、及びZa1は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
Xa2、Ya2及びZa2は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa2、Ya2、Za2は水素原子ではない。) (In formula (200),
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
n24は1~4の整数を表し、
n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。) (In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。) (In equation (240),
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。) (In the above formula, * represents the bond position.
Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
また、本発明の発光層形成用組成物及び有機電界発光素子により、優れた素子特性を示し、特に発光効率の高い有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。
また、本発明の発光層形成用組成物及び有機電界発光素子により、優れた素子特性を示し、特に低電圧化の効果の高い有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。
また、本発明の発光層形成用組成物及び有機電界発光素子により、優れた素子特性を示し、低電圧駆動し、発光効率が高く、駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。 The composition for forming a light emitting layer and an organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device that exhibits excellent device characteristics and has a particularly long drive life.
Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device which exhibits excellent device characteristics and has particularly high luminous efficiency.
Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device which exhibits excellent device characteristics and is particularly effective in lowering the voltage.
Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent element which exhibits excellent element characteristics, is driven at a low voltage, has high luminous efficiency, and has a long driving life.
有機電界発光素子の発光層は、少なくとも、発光の性質を有する材料(発光材料)を含有するとともに、好ましくは、1つ又は複数のホスト材料を含有する。ホスト材料は通常、電荷輸送材料であるが、電荷輸送性を調整するために電荷輸送性の低い材料を配合してもよい。
本発明の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物(以下、「本発明の発光層形成用組成物」と称す。)は、発光材料として下記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物を含み、ホスト材料として、下記化合物I、下記化合物II、下記化合物III、及び下記化合物IVの少なくとも1種を含み、さらに有機溶媒を含む。 [Composition for forming a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device]
The light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device contains at least a material having light emitting properties (light emitting material), and preferably contains one or more host materials. The host material is usually a charge transport material, but a material having a low charge transport property may be blended in order to adjust the charge transport property.
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as "the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention") is a polycyclic heterocycle represented by the following formula (1) as a light emitting material. It contains a compound, and as a host material, it contains at least one of the following compound I, the following compound II, the following compound III, and the following compound IV, and further contains an organic solvent.
環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-Ra)2-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
前記Raは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物 (In equation (1),
Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
Xa1、Ya1、及びZa1は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
Xa2、Ya2及びZa2は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa2、Ya2、Za2は水素原子ではない。) (In formula (200),
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
n24は1~4の整数を表し、
n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。) (In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。) (In equation (240),
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
<化合物I>
本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いた有機電界発光素子は、発光層に、ベンゼン環が多数連結した構造を有する化合物である前記式(20)で表される化合物Iをホスト材料として含むことで、発光層内の電荷の輸送性が適切に調整され、発光材料である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の劣化を抑制することができ、駆動寿命が長くなると考えられる。特に、化合物Iは電荷輸送性を抑制する効果がある。第2のホスト材料として後述の式(30)で表されるアントラセン系の電子輸送性の高いホスト材料を用いる場合、発光材料が過度に還元されて劣化しない様に発光層内での電子輸送性を抑制し、素子の駆動寿命が長くなると考えられる。 [Reason why the present invention is effective]
<Compound I>
The organic electroluminescent element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains the compound I represented by the above formula (20), which is a compound having a structure in which a large number of benzene rings are linked to the light emitting layer, as a host material. Therefore, it is considered that the transportability of charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, deterioration of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a light emitting material, can be suppressed, and the drive life is extended. Be done. In particular, compound I has the effect of suppressing charge transportability. When an anthracene-based host material having high electron transportability represented by the formula (30) described later is used as the second host material, electron transportability in the light emitting layer is prevented so that the light emitting material is not excessively reduced and deteriorated. It is considered that the drive life of the element is extended by suppressing the above.
本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いた有機電界発光素子は、発光層に、窒素を有する6員複素芳香環とベンゼン環が連結した構造を有する化合物である前記式(200)で表される化合物IIをホスト材料として含むことで、発光層内の電荷の輸送性が適切に調整され、低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、発光材料である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の劣化を抑制することができ、駆動寿命が長くなると考えられる。特に化合物IIの前記式(200)のWが全て窒素原子であるトリアジン構造を有する場合、LUMOが比較的深く、電子輸送性に加えて適度な電子トラップ性を有し、発光材料に過剰に電子を供給しないことで発光材料の耐久性が向上し、その結果、有機電界発光素子の駆動寿命がより長くなると考えられる。特に、発光材料である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物のホウ素原子が有する空のp軌道に電子が入り、発光材料が劣化することを抑制する可能性があると考えられる。
また、化合物IIは中心に窒素原子を有する芳香族6員環を有するため電子輸送性が高い。従って、第1のホストとして化合物IIを用いる場合は、さらに、ホスト材料として正孔輸送性の高いホスト材料を用いることで、より低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、駆動寿命が高くなると考えられる。 <Compound II>
The organic electric field light emitting element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is represented by the above formula (200), which is a compound having a structure in which a 6-membered heteroaromatic ring having nitrogen and a benzene ring are linked to the light emitting layer. By including the compound II as a host material, the transportability of charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, the voltage is lowered, the light emission efficiency is improved, and the polycycle represented by the above formula (1), which is a light emitting material, is obtained. It is considered that the deterioration of the heterocyclic compound can be suppressed and the drive life is extended. In particular, when the W of the above formula (200) of the compound II has a triazine structure in which all of them are nitrogen atoms, the LUMO is relatively deep, has an appropriate electron trapping property in addition to the electron transport property, and excessive electrons are contained in the light emitting material. It is considered that the durability of the light emitting material is improved by not supplying the light emitting material, and as a result, the driving life of the organic electroluminescent element is extended. In particular, it is considered that there is a possibility that electrons enter the empty p-orbital of the boron atom of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a luminescent material, and the deterioration of the luminescent material may be suppressed. ..
Further, since compound II has an aromatic 6-membered ring having a nitrogen atom in the center, it has high electron transportability. Therefore, when compound II is used as the first host, it is considered that by further using a host material having high hole transportability as the host material, the voltage is lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved, and the drive life is extended. ..
本発明の発光層形成用組成物及びこの発光層形成用組成物により形成された有機電界発光素子の発光層に含まれる前記式(210)で表される化合物、前記式(220)で表される化合物及び前記式(230)で表される化合物のいずれかである化合物IIIは、アミンの窒素原子に結合しているフェニレン基が2又は3個連結した先のベンゼン環の3位に必ず芳香環が結合している。ここで言う芳香環とは、Ar41、Ar42、Ar43又はベンゼン環で表される構造である。このような構造により、アミンの窒素原子にパラ位で結合しているベンゼン環が2又は3となり、適度にHOMOが分布することで正孔輸送性が向上して低電圧化し、さらに発光層内の電子と正孔のバランスが向上して発光効率が向上し、耐久性が向上して素子の駆動寿命が長寿命化すると考えられる。さらにその先にAr41、Ar42、Ar43等の構造を有することで、さらに低電圧化、高発光効率化及び長寿命化するとともに、当該化合物の有機溶媒への溶解性が向上すると考えられる。また、Ar41、Ar42、Ar43の構造を適切に選択することで耐久性が向上すると考えられる。また、陽極側の層から注入された正孔を発光材料が直接受け取って酸化状態になると劣化する可能性がある場合は、化合物IIIは正孔輸送性を有し、陰極側の層から正孔を受け取りやすいため、発光材料が直接酸化されにくく、劣化が抑制されると考えられる。逆に、発光材料が陰極側から注入された電子を直接受け取って還元状態になると劣化する可能性がある場合は、化合物IIIから発光材料に速やかに正孔を輸送し、発光材料を再結合発光させることで発光材料の劣化が抑制されると考えられる。化合物IIIはトリフェニルアミン構造を有する正孔輸送性のホストなので、第1のホストとして化合物IIIを用いるとともに第2のホスト材料として電子輸送性の高い材料を用いることで、低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を得ることが出来ると考えられる。 <Compound III>
The compound represented by the above formula (210) and the compound represented by the above formula (220) contained in the light emitting layer forming composition of the present invention and the light emitting layer of the organic electric field light emitting element formed by the light emitting layer forming composition are represented by the above formula (220). Compound III, which is one of the compounds represented by the above formula (230), is always aromatic at the 3-position of the benzene ring to which two or three phenylene groups bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amine are linked. The rings are bonded. The aromatic ring referred to here is a structure represented by Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 or a benzene ring. With such a structure, the number of benzene rings bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amine at the para position becomes 2 or 3, and the appropriate distribution of HOMO improves hole transportability and lowers the voltage, and further in the light emitting layer. It is considered that the balance between electrons and holes is improved, the luminous efficiency is improved, the durability is improved, and the drive life of the element is extended. Further, by having a structure such as Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 , etc., it is considered that the voltage is further lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved and the life is extended, and the solubility of the compound in an organic solvent is improved. .. Further, it is considered that the durability is improved by appropriately selecting the structures of Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 . In addition, compound III has hole transporting properties and holes from the cathode side layer when the light emitting material directly receives the holes injected from the anode side layer and may deteriorate when it becomes an oxidized state. It is considered that the light emitting material is less likely to be directly oxidized and deterioration is suppressed because it is easy to receive. On the contrary, when the light emitting material directly receives the electrons injected from the cathode side and may deteriorate when it is in a reduced state, holes are rapidly transported from Compound III to the light emitting material, and the light emitting material is recombined to emit light. It is considered that the deterioration of the light emitting material is suppressed by making the light emitting material. Since compound III is a hole-transporting host having a triphenylamine structure, the voltage can be lowered and the luminous efficiency can be reduced by using compound III as the first host and a material having high electron-transporting properties as the second host material. It is considered that an organic electroluminescent device having a long drive life can be obtained.
本発明の発光層形成用組成物及びこの発光層形成用組成物により形成された有機電界発光素子は、発光層に、カルバゾール環を2つ有する構造を含む化合物である前記式(240)で表される化合物IVをホスト材料として含むことで、発光層内の電荷の輸送性が適切に調整され、低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、発光材料である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の劣化を抑制することができ、駆動寿命が長くなると考えられる。陽極側の層から注入された正孔を発光材料が直接受け取って酸化状態になると劣化する可能性がある場合は、化合物IVは正孔輸送性を有し陰極側の層から正孔を受け取りやすいため、発光材料が直接酸化されにくく、劣化が抑制されると考えられる。逆に、発光材料が陰極側から注入された電子を直接受け取って還元状態になると劣化しやすい場合は、化合物IVから発光材料に速やかに正孔が輸送され、発光材料が再結合発光することで劣化が抑制されると考えられる。さらに、化合物IVは平面性の高いカルバゾール環構造を2つ有するため、平面性の高い多環複素環化合物である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の発光材料への正孔輸送性が向上すると考えられる。このとき、発光材料への電子供給も速やかに行われることで速やかに再結合発光し、発光材料の劣化も抑制されると考えられる。従って、第1のホストとして化合物IVを用いるとともに第2のホスト材料として電子輸送性の高い材料を用いることで、低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を得ることが出来ると考えられる。 <Compound IV>
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention and the organic electroluminescent element formed by the composition for forming a light emitting layer are represented by the above formula (240), which is a compound having a structure having two carbazole rings in the light emitting layer. By including the compound IV as a host material, the transportability of electric charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, the voltage is lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved, and the light emitting material is represented by the above formula (1). It is considered that the deterioration of the ring heterocyclic compound can be suppressed and the drive life is extended. Compound IV has a hole transporting property and easily receives holes from the cathode side layer when the light emitting material directly receives the holes injected from the anode side layer and may deteriorate when it becomes an oxidized state. Therefore, it is considered that the light emitting material is less likely to be directly oxidized and deterioration is suppressed. On the contrary, when the light-emitting material directly receives the electrons injected from the cathode side and is likely to deteriorate when it is in a reduced state, holes are rapidly transported from compound IV to the light-emitting material, and the light-emitting material recombines and emits light. Deterioration is considered to be suppressed. Further, since Compound IV has two highly planar carbazole ring structures, holes in the light emitting material of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a highly planar polycyclic heterocyclic compound. It is thought that transportability will improve. At this time, it is considered that the electron supply to the light emitting material is also promptly performed, so that the light is rapidly recombined to emit light and the deterioration of the light emitting material is suppressed. Therefore, by using Compound IV as the first host and using a material having high electron transportability as the second host material, it is possible to obtain an organic electroluminescent device having a low voltage, improved luminous efficiency, and a long drive life. Is thought to be possible.
本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物を含有する。前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は発光材料であることが好ましい。 [Polycyclic heterocyclic compound]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1). The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a light emitting material.
環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環である。 <Ring a, ring b and ring c>
The ring a, the ring b, and the ring c are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
ここで、「中央縮合2環構造」とは、式(1)の中央に示した、B及び2つのYを含んで構成される2つの飽和炭化水素環が縮合した構造である。具体的には、下記式(1’)中の環d及び環eが縮合した構造である。 (Equation (1'))
Here, the "central condensed two-ring structure" is a structure in which two saturated hydrocarbon rings including B and two Y are condensed, which is shown in the center of the formula (1). Specifically, it is a structure in which the ring d and the ring e in the following formula (1') are condensed.
式(1)の環a、環b及び環cにおける芳香族炭化水素環としては、例えば、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素環が挙げられ、炭素数6~16の芳香族炭化水素環が好ましく、炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素環がより好ましく、炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素環が特に好ましい。 (Aromatic hydrocarbon ring)
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c of the formula (1) include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. Is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
式(1)の環a、環b及び環cにおける芳香族複素環としては、例えば、炭素数2~30の芳香族複素環が挙げられ、炭素数2~25の芳香族複素環が好ましく、炭素数2~20の芳香族複素環がより好ましく、炭素数2~15の芳香族複素環がさらに好ましく、炭素数2~10の芳香族複素環が特に好ましい。芳香族複素環としては、例えば環構成原子として炭素原子以外に酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子から選ばれるヘテロ原子を1ないし5個含有する複素環が好ましい。 (Aromatic heterocycle)
Examples of the aromatic heterocycle in the ring a, the ring b and the ring c of the formula (1) include an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 25 carbon atoms is preferable. An aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 15 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. As the aromatic heterocycle, for example, a heterocycle containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom in addition to a carbon atom as a ring-constituting atom is preferable.
置換基群αは、置換又は無置換の芳香族炭化水素基、置換又は無置換の芳香族複素環基、置換又は無置換のジアリールアミノ基、置換又は無置換のジヘテロアリールアミノ基、置換又は無置換のアリールヘテロアリールアミノ基(芳香族炭化水素基と芳香族複素環基を有するアミノ基)、置換又は無置換のアルキル基、置換又は無置換のアルコキシ基、置換又は無置換のアリールオキシ基、及びハロゲン原子よりなる。 (Substituent group α)
Substituent group α is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted diarylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted diheteroarylamino group, a substituted or substituted group. Unsubstituted aryl heteroarylamino group (amino group having aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group , And a halogen atom.
置換基群αにおけるアルキル基のHの一部はFに置き換わってもよい。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group and an isopentyl group. Neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methylpentyl group, 4-methyl-2-pentyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2-ethylbutyl group, n-heptyl group, 1-methylhexyl Examples include a group, an n-octyl group, a tert-octyl group and the like.
A part of H of the alkyl group in the substituent group α may be replaced with F.
置換基群βは、アラルキル基で置換されていてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、アラルキル基で置換されていてもよい芳香族複素環基、アルキル基、及びハロゲン原子よりなる。置換基群βにおける芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基、アルキル基、アラルキル基、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、置換基群αと同様のものが挙げられ、好ましい構造も置換基群αと同様である。
置換基群βは、安定性及び溶解度向上の観点から、アラルキル基で置換されていてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、アラルキル基で置換されていてもよい芳香族複素環基、アルキル基、又はアラルキル基が好ましい。
置換基群βにおける、アラルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基に置換してもよいアラルキル基、芳香族複素環基に置換してもよいアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が好ましく、ベンゼン環がアルキル基に結合した構造が好ましい。 (Substituent group β)
The substituent group β comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, and a halogen atom. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic heterocyclic group, alkyl group, aralkyl group, and halogen atom in the substituent group β include the same as those of the substituent group α, and the preferable structure is also the substituent group α. The same is true.
From the viewpoint of improving stability and solubility, the substituent group β may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, or an aralkyl group. Groups are preferred.
As the aralkyl group which may be substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group in the substituent group β, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable. A structure in which a benzene ring is bonded to an alkyl group is preferable.
式(1)におけるYは、O、N-R、又はSである。 (Y)
Y in the formula (1) is O, NR, or S.
Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基又はアルキル基である。
また、式(1)中の2個のYは互いに同一であってもよく、異なるものであってもよいが、同一であることが好ましい。2つのYは、N-Rであることが好ましい。 (R)
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
Further, the two Ys in the formula (1) may be the same or different from each other, but are preferably the same. The two Ys are preferably NR.
式(1)のRが置換基を有してよい芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換基を有してよい芳香族複素環基である場合、式(1)の環a、環b及び環cにおける置換基を有してよい芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換基を有してよい芳香族複素環基と同様の基である。具体的な構造及び好ましい構造も、式(1)の環a、環b及び環cにおける置換基を有してよい芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換基を有してよい芳香族複素環基と同様である。式(1)のRが置換基を有してよい芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換基を有してよい芳香族複素環基である場合、前記式(1)は下記式(21)で表される。
前記式(1)は、下記式(21)で表される構造が好ましい。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in R of the formula (1) include the group of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring and the aromatic heterocycle in the rings a, b and c of the formula (1). The basis of is mentioned. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group and a naphthyl group) and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. (For example, a carbazolyl group) is preferable.
When R of the formula (1) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, the rings a, b and c of the formula (1) It is a group similar to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent in the above or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. Specific structures and preferred structures also include aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups which may have substituents on rings a, b and c of formula (1) or aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have substituents. The same is true. When R in the formula (1) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (21). Will be done.
The formula (1) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (21).
また、式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。 The adjacent carbon atoms are not carbon atoms constituting the central condensed bicyclic structure.
Further, at least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
環a、環b、環c、環d及び環eは前記式(1’)と同様であり、
環f及び環gは前記式(1’)における環a、環b又は環cと同様であり、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
環fは、環a又は環bのいずれか少なくとも1つの環において、Nと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-Ra)2-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
環gは、環a又は環cのいずれか少なくとも1つの環において、Nと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-Ra)2-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
前記Raは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
ただし、前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及びNを含む環d及び環eを構成する炭素原子ではなく、
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。) (In formula (21),
Ring a, ring b, ring c, ring d and ring e are the same as in the above formula (1').
The ring f and the ring g are the same as the ring a, the ring b or the ring c in the above formula (1'), and each independently has an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a substituent which may have a substituent. It is an aromatic heterocycle that may be used.
Ring f is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring b, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond. May be combined by
Ring g is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond. May be combined by
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
However, the adjacent carbon atoms are not the carbon atoms constituting the rings d and e including B and N, but
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
前記式(21)は、下記式(22)で表される構造が好ましい。 (Equation (22))
The formula (21) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (22).
環fは、環a又は環bのいずれか少なくとも1つの環において、Nと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-Ra)2-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
環gは、環a又は環cのいずれか少なくとも1つの環において、Nと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-Ra)2-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
前記Raは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
式(22)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。 In the formula (22), the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e in the above formula (21) are all benzene ring structures, and the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e are substituted. May have a group,
Ring f is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring b, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond. May be combined by
Ring g is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond. May be combined by
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (22) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
また、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は、後述の式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物TD1、又は、後述の式(81)で表される多環複素環化合物TD2であることも好ましい。 The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (22) is the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) described later, or the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (81) described later. It is also preferable that it is TD2.
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1) is the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) described later, or the polycyclic complex represented by the formula (81) described later. It is also preferable that it is the ring compound TD2.
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。 <Specific example of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1)>
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は、下記式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物であることも好ましい。本発明においては、下記式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物を多環複素環化合物TD1と称することがある。 <Polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1>
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is also preferably a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (71). In the present invention, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (71) may be referred to as a polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1.
A1~A7は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、電子アクセプター性の置換基であるヘテロアリール基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、又は、電子アクセプター性の置換基であるヘテロアリール基、ニトロ基、シアノ基を置換基として有する芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基であり、
R71~R78は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、電子ドナー性の置換基、又はこれらの組み合わせであり、
点線は、単結合又は結合なしを意味する。) (In equation (71)
Each of A 1 to A 7 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which is an electron-accepting substituent, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an electron. An aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having a heteroaryl group, a nitro group, or a cyano group as substituents having an accepting property.
Each of R 71 to R 78 may independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. Aromatic heterocyclic groups, electron donor substituents, or combinations thereof.
The dotted line means single bond or no bond. )
A1~A7は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、電子アクセプター性の置換基であるヘテロアリール基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、又は、電子アクセプター性の置換基であるヘテロアリール基、ニトロ基、シアノ基を置換基として有する芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基である。
好ましくは、A1~A7から選択される少なくとも一つは、電子アクセプター性の置換基であり、前記電子アクセプター性の置換基以外のA1~A7は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。
A1~A7から選択される少なくとも一つが、電子アクセプター性の置換基であると、A1~A7の数や種類によって発光波長を調整することができ、好ましい。
電子アクセプター性の置換基とは、化学結合して隣り合う化学構造から電子を引き抜いて電子過多になりやすい化学構造の置換基のことである。 (A 1 to A 7 )
Each of A 1 to A 7 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which is an electron-accepting substituent, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an electron. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having a heteroaryl group, a nitro group or a cyano group as substituents having an accepting property.
Preferably, at least one selected from A 1 to A 7 is an electron-accepting substituent, and A 1 to A 7 other than the electron-accepting substituent are independently hydrogen atoms and fluorine, respectively. It is an atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
When at least one selected from A 1 to A 7 is an electron acceptor-type substituent, the emission wavelength can be adjusted depending on the number and type of A 1 to A 7 , which is preferable.
An electron-accepting substituent is a substituent having a chemical structure that tends to have an excess of electrons by extracting electrons from adjacent chemical structures by chemically bonding.
R732~R745は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基である。 In equations (5) to (8)
R 732 to R 745 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
式(2-6)で表される基:4.18eV
式(2-3)で表される基:4.17eV
式(2-7)で表される基:4.12eV
式(2-5)で表される基:4.10eV
式(2-2)で表される基:3.73eV
式(2-1)で表される基:3.13eV Group represented by formula (2-4): 4.35 eV
Group represented by formula (2-6): 4.18eV
Group represented by formula (2-3): 4.17eV
Group represented by formula (2-7): 4.12eV
Group represented by formula (2-5): 4.10 eV
Group represented by formula (2-2): 3.73 eV
Group represented by formula (2-1): 3.13eV
すなわち、A4において、電子アクセプター性の置換基による長波長化の効果が最も強く現れる。 Of A 1 to A 7 , the degree to which the LUMO electron cloud is localized is not uniform, and there are strengths and weaknesses depending on the position. Therefore, among A 1 to A 7 , the positions where the effect of lengthening the wavelength by the electron acceptor substituent is strongly obtained are A 4 > A 1 = A 7 > A 3 = A 5 > A 2 = A 6 . In order.
That is, in A4 , the effect of lengthening the wavelength by the electron acceptor substituent appears most strongly.
また、A1~A7から選択される2つ以上が電子アクセプター性の置換基であることがより長波長化するため好ましく、A1~A7から選択される2つ以上が電子アクセプター性の置換基であり、かつ、少なくとも1つはA4が電子アクセプター性の置換基であることがさらに長波長化するため好ましい。 When both A 1 and A 7 are electron acceptor substituents, almost the same wavelength lengthening effect can be obtained as compared with the case where only A 4 is the same electron acceptor substituent.
Further, it is preferable that two or more selected from A 1 to A 7 are electron acceptor substituents because the wavelength becomes longer, and two or more selected from A 1 to A 7 are electron acceptor property. It is preferable that the substituent is a substituent and at least one of them is an electron acceptor - type substituent because the wavelength is further extended.
R71~R78は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、電子ドナー性の置換基、又はこれらの組み合わせである。 (R 71 to R 78 )
Each of R 71 to R 78 may independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. An aromatic heterocyclic group, an electron donor substituent, or a combination thereof.
電子ドナー性の置換基とは、化学結合して隣り合う化学構造から電子を供与して電子欠乏になりやすい化学構造の置換基のことである。 Further, it is preferable that at least one selected from R 71 to R 78 is an electron donor substituent from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength.
An electron donor substituent is a substituent having a chemical structure that is liable to become electron deficient by donating electrons from adjacent chemical structures by chemically bonding.
R709~R731は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、又は水素原子である。 In equations (2) to (4)
Each of R 709 to R 731 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom, respectively.
式(4-2)で表される基:2.91eV
式(4-1)で表される基:2.46eV Group represented by formula (4-3): 2.96 eV
Group represented by formula (4-2): 2.91 eV
Group represented by formula (4-1): 2.46eV
また、R71~R78から選択される2つ以上が電子ドナー性の置換基であることがより長波長化するため好ましい。 That is, among R 71 to R 78 in the above formula (71), the same number of groups represented by the above formula (4-3) and the groups represented by the above formula (4-2) in the same place. Alternatively, when a group represented by the above formula (4-1) is introduced, the emission wavelength is lengthened in the order of the above formula (4-1)> the above formula (4-2)> the above formula (4-3). The effect of is obtained.
Further, it is preferable that two or more selected from R 71 to R 78 are electron donor substituents because the wavelength is longer.
式(71)において、点線は、単結合であっても結合なしでもよい。
点線は、単結合であることが好ましい。点線が単結合であると、電子雲が広がり、発光波長が少し長波長化する。また、点線が単結合であると、A1~A7における電子アクセプター性の置換基、及びR71~R78における電子ドナー性の置換基を導入することが容易になる。 <Dotted line>
In equation (71), the dotted line may be a single bond or no bond.
The dotted line is preferably a single bond. When the dotted line is a single bond, the electron cloud spreads and the emission wavelength becomes slightly longer. Further, when the dotted line is a single bond, it becomes easy to introduce an electron acceptor substituent in A 1 to A 7 and an electron donor substituent in R 71 to R 78 .
前記式(71)の多環複素環化合物は、非対称型であることが、発光波長の半値幅を狭くする効果があり好ましい。非対称型で対称性が低下することにより、多環複素環化合物同士が会合しにくくなり、多環複素環化合物同士の相互作用が低下するため、発光スペクトルの半値幅が狭くなると考えられる。 <Symmetry of polycyclic heterocyclic compounds>
It is preferable that the polycyclic heterocyclic compound of the above formula (71) is an asymmetric type because it has an effect of narrowing the half width of the emission wavelength. It is considered that the half-value width of the emission spectrum is narrowed because the polycyclic heterocyclic compounds are less likely to associate with each other due to the asymmetric type and the symmetry is lowered, and the interaction between the polycyclic heterocyclic compounds is lowered.
(i)A1~A7、R71~R78が、その結合軸に対して180°回転させた場合に同じ構造とならない構造。
(ii)A1とA7が異なるか、A2とA6が異なるか、A3とA5が異なるか、R71とR78が異なるか、R72とR77が異なるか、R73とR76が異なるか、又は、R74とR75が異なる、構造。 Specifically, it is a structure that satisfies at least one of the following (i) or (ii).
(I) A structure in which A 1 to A 7 and R 71 to R 78 do not have the same structure when rotated by 180 ° with respect to the coupling axis.
(Ii) A 1 and A 7 are different, A 2 and A 6 are different, A 3 and A 5 are different, R 71 and R 78 are different, R 72 and R 77 are different, R 73 . And R 76 are different, or R 74 and R 75 are different, the structure.
置換基群Z2として、以下の基が挙げられる。
炭素数が通常1以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等
炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルケニル基;例えば、ビニル基等の、
炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルキニル基;例えば、エチニル基等
炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシ基;例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等
炭素数が通常4以上であり、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールオキシ基若しくはヘテロアリールオキシ基;例えば、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、ピリジルオキシ基等
炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシカルボニル基;例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等
炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるジアルキルアミノ基;例えば、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基等
炭素数が通常10以上であり、好ましくは12以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下のジアリールアミノ基;例えば、ジフェニルアミノ基、ジトリルアミノ基、N-カルバゾリル基等
炭素数が通常7以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールアルキルアミノ基;例えば、フェニルメチルアミノ基等
炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアシル基;例えば、アセチル基、ベンゾイル基等
ハロゲン原子;例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子等
炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常12以下であり、好ましくは6以下であるハロアルキル基;例えば、トリフルオロメチル基等
炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルキルチオ基;例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基等
炭素数が通常4以上、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールチオ基;例えば、フェニルチオ基、ナフチルチオ基、ピリジルチオ基等
炭素数が通常2以上、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるシリル基;例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基等
炭素数が通常2以上であり、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるシロキシ基;例えば、トリメチルシロキシ基、トリフェニルシロキシ基等
炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素基;例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等
炭素数が通常3以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族複素環基;例えば、チエニル基、ピリジル基等
炭素数が7以上、好ましくは8以上であり、40以下、好ましくは30以下、さらに好ましくは20以下のアラルキル基;例えば、1,1-ジメチル-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ブチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ヘキシル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-オクチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基、3-フェニル-1-プロピル基、4-フェニル-1-n-ブチル基、1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル基、5-フェニル-1-n-プロピル基、6-フェニル-1-n-ヘキシル基、6-ナフチル-1-n-ヘキシル基、7-フェニル-1-n-ヘプチル基、8-フェニル-1-n-オクチル基、4-フェニルシクロヘキシル基等
炭素数が2以上、好ましくは4以上であり、40以下、好ましくは30以下、さらに好ましくは20以下のヘテロアラルキル基;1,1-ジメチル-1-(2-ピリジル)メチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ヘキシル)-1-(2-ピリジル)メチル基、(2-ピリジル)メチル基、(2-ピリジル)エチル基、3-(2-ピリジル)-1-プロピル基、4-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-ブチル基、1-メチル-1-(2-ピリジル)エチル基、5-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-プロピル基、6-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-ヘキシル基、6-(2-ピリミジル)-1-n-ヘキシル基、6-(2,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン-4-イル)-1-n-ヘキシル基、7-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-ヘプチル基、8-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-オクチル基、4-(2-ピリジル)シクロヘキシル基等
これらの中で好ましくは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、芳香族炭化水素基、又はアラルキル基である。 <Substituent group Z2>
Examples of the substituent group Z2 include the following groups.
A linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group usually having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably 4 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms; for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or n-. Propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group, etc. The number of carbon atoms is usually 2 or more, and usually 24. An alkenyl group which is less than or equal to, preferably 12 or less; for example, a vinyl group or the like.
An alkynyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more and usually 24 or less and preferably 12 or less; for example, an ethynyl group or the like having a carbon number of usually 1 or more and usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less. Aalkoxy group; for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, etc. An aryloxy group or a heteroaryloxy group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less; for example. Phenoxy group, naphthoxy group, pyridyloxy group, etc. An alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less; for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, etc. The above is usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less dialkylamino groups; for example, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, etc., which usually have 10 or more carbon atoms, preferably 12 or more, and usually 36 or less. , Preferably 24 or less diarylamino group; for example, a diphenylamino group, a ditrilamino group, an N-carbazolyl group, etc., an arylalkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 7 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; For example, an acyl group such as a phenylmethylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less; for example, a halogen atom such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group; for example, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. A haloalkyl group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more and usually 12 or less and preferably 6 or less; for example, a trifluoromethyl group or the like having a carbon number of usually 1 or more and usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less. Alkylthio group; for example, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, etc. An arylthio group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, etc. Pyridylthio group, etc. A silyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a trimethylsilyl group, a triphenylsilyl group, etc., usually having 2 or more carbon atoms. A syroxy group preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a trimethylsiloxy group, a triphenylsiloxy group, etc., which has 6 or more carbon atoms and usually 36 or less, preferably 36 or less. Is 24 or less aromatic hydrocarbon groups; for example, phenyl groups Aromatic heterocyclic groups having a carbon number of usually 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a thienyl group, a pyridyl group, etc. having 7 or more carbon atoms. The above, preferably 8 or more, preferably 40 or less, preferably 30 or less, still more preferably 20 or less aralkyl groups; for example, 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-butyl). -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3 -Phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl group, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group , 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-n-heptyl group, 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group, 4-phenylcyclohexyl group, etc. The number of carbon atoms is 2 or more, preferably 4 or more. And 40 or less, preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less heteroaralkyl groups; 1,1-dimethyl-1- (2-pyridyl) methyl group, 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-. (2-Pyridyl) Methyl Group, (2-Pyridyl) Methyl Group, (2-Pyridyl) Ethyl Group, 3- (2-Pyridyl) -1-propyl Group, 4- (2-Pyridyl) -1-n-Butyl Group, 1-methyl-1- (2-pyridyl) ethyl group, 5- (2-pyridyl) -1-n-propyl group, 6- (2-pyridyl) -1-n-hexyl group, 6- (2) -Pyrimidyl) -1-n-hexyl group, 6- (2,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine-4-yl) -1-n-hexyl group, 7- (2-pyridyl) -1- n-Heptyl group, 8- (2-pyridyl) -1-n-octyl group, 4- (2-pyridyl) cyclohexyl group, etc. Among these, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aromatic charcoal are preferable. It is a hydrogen group or an aralkyl group.
式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物TD1の構造は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような構造が挙げられる。 <Specific example of polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1>
The structure of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は、下記式(81)で表される多環複素環化合物であることも好ましい。本発明においては、下記式(81)で表される多環複素環化合物を多環複素環化合物TD2と称することがある。 <Polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2>
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is also preferably a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (81). In the present invention, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (81) may be referred to as a polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2.
A81は、下記式(82)で表される構造を表す。
a80、b80、c80、d80は各々独立に0から2の整数を表し、a80~d80のうち少なくとも1つは1以上の整数である。
式(81)中にA81が複数ある場合、複数のA81は、同一であってもよく異なるものであってもよい。) (In the formula (81), R 81 and four R 82 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group of 6 or more and 20 or less or a substituent.
A 81 represents a structure represented by the following formula (82).
a80, b80, c80, and d80 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of a80 to d80 is an integer of 1 or more.
When there are a plurality of A 81s in the formula (81), the plurality of A 81s may be the same or different. )
RFは、炭素数5以下のフルオロアルキル基を表し、
R83は、置換基を有してもよい炭素数10以下のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基を表す。
e80は0から5の整数を表す。
式(82)中の2個のRFは、同一であってもよく異なるものであってもよい。また、式(82)中にR83が複数ある場合、複数のR83は、同一であってもよく異なるものであってもよい。) (In the equation (82), the asterics (*) represent the joint and represent the joint.
RF represents a fluoroalkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
R 83 may have an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having a number of 3 or more and 20 or less.
e80 represents an integer from 0 to 5.
The two RFs in equation (82) may be the same or different. Further, when there are a plurality of R 83s in the equation (82), the plurality of R 83s may be the same or different. )
前記式(81)で表される多環複素環化合物TD2は、ホウ素原子と窒素原子を含む縮合複素環骨格を基本骨格とし、この基本骨格に、前記式(82)で表される、2つのフルオロアルキル基とベンゼン環が置換した第4級炭素原子が少なくとも1つ接続していることに特徴がある。 (Reason why equation (81) is preferable)
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2 represented by the above formula (81) has a condensed heterocyclic skeleton containing a boron atom and a nitrogen atom as a basic skeleton, and the two basic skeletons are represented by the above formula (82). It is characterized in that at least one quaternary carbon atom substituted with a fluoroalkyl group and a benzene ring is connected.
式(81)中のR81および4つのR82は、各々独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数10以下のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基を表す。 <R 81 and R 82 >
Each of the R 81 and the four R 82s in the formula (81) independently has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 20 or less.
式(81)において、a80、b80、c80、d80は各々独立に0から2の整数を表し、a80~d80のうち少なくとも1つは1以上の整数である。化合物の発光波長の短波長の観点から、a80+b80+c80+d80が2以上であることが好ましく、a80+b80+c80+d80が4以上であることが特に好ましい。 <A80-d80>
In the formula (81), a80, b80, c80, and d80 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of a80 to d80 is an integer of 1 or more. From the viewpoint of the short emission wavelength of the compound, a80 + b80 + c80 + d80 is preferably 2 or more, and a80 + b80 + c80 + d80 is particularly preferably 4 or more.
式(82)において、RFは、炭素数5以下のフルオロアルキル基を表す。炭素数5以下のフルオロアルキル基の例としては、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、分岐、直鎖または環状のペルフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロペンタン基といったペルフルオロアルキル基が挙げられる。化合物の成膜性の観点から、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基が好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基であることが特に好ましい。 < RF >
In formula (82), RF represents a fluoroalkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms. Examples of fluoroalkyl groups having 5 or less carbon atoms include perfluoroalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, branched, linear or cyclic perfluoropropyl group, perfluorobutyl group and perfluoropentane group. From the viewpoint of the film-forming property of the compound, a trifluoromethyl group and a pentafluoroethyl group are preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is particularly preferable.
式(82)において、R83は、置換基を有してもよい炭素数10以下のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基を表す。炭素数10以下のアルキル基の例としては、メチル基、エチル基と、分岐、直鎖または環状のプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基が挙げられる。化合物の溶解性の観点から、分岐または直鎖のプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基が好ましく、分岐または直鎖のブチル基、分岐、直鎖または環状のヘキシル基であることが特に好ましい。 <R 83 >
In the formula (82), R 83 contains an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may be possessed. Examples of the alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a branched, linear or cyclic propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, and a decyl group. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the compound, a branched or linear propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group or hexyl group is preferable, and a branched or linear butyl group, branched, linear or cyclic hexyl group is particularly preferable. ..
R81、R82、R83が、置換基を有してもよい炭素数10以下のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基である場合、該アルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば後述する置換基群W1の中から選択することができる。 <Substituents that R 81 to R 83 may have>
R 81 , R 82 , and R 83 have an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent. In the case of an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may be possessed, examples of the substituent which the alkyl group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have are described later. It can be selected from the substituent group W1.
置換基群W1として、以下の基が挙げられる。
例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;
例えば、ビニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルケニル基;
例えば、エチニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルキニル基;
例えば、ベンジル基、2-フェニルエチル基、2-フェニルプロピル-2-イル基、2-フェニルブチル-2-イル基、3-フェニルペンチル-3-イル基、3-フェニル-1-プロピル基、4-フェニル-1-ブチル基、5-フェニル-1-ペンチル基、6-フェニル-1-ヘキシル基、7-フェニル-1-ヘプチル基、8-フェニル-1-オクチル基等の炭素数30以下のアラルキル基、
例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシ基;
例えば、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、ピリジルオキシ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるアリールオキシ基若しくはヘテロアリールオキシ基;
例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシカルボニル基;
例えば、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるジアルキルアミノ基;
例えば、ジフェニルアミノ基、ジトリルアミノ基、N-カルバゾリル基等の、炭素数が通常10以上、好ましくは12以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下のジアリールアミノ基;
例えば、フェニルメチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常7以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるアリールアルキルアミノ基;
例えば、アセチル基、ベンゾイル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアシル基;
例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子等のハロゲン原子;
例えば、トリフルオロメチル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常12以下、好ましくは6以下のハロアルキル基;
例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下のアルキルチオ基;
例えば、フェニルチオ基、ナフチルチオ基、ピリジルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるアリールチオ基;
例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるシリル基;
例えば、トリメチルシロキシ基、トリフェニルシロキシ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるシロキシ基;
シアノ基;
例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等の、炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素基;
例えば、チエニル基、ピリジル基等の、炭素数が通常3以上、好ましくは4以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下である芳香族複素環基。 <Substituent group W1>
Examples of the substituent group W1 include the following groups.
For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like. , A linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group usually having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, an alkenyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a vinyl group;
For example, an alkynyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as an ethynyl group;
For example, benzyl group, 2-phenylethyl group, 2-phenylpropyl-2-yl group, 2-phenylbutyl-2-yl group, 3-phenylpentyl-3-yl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, The number of carbon atoms of 4-phenyl-1-butyl group, 5-phenyl-1-pentyl group, 6-phenyl-1-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-heptyl group, 8-phenyl-1-octyl group, etc. is 30 or less. Aralkill group,
For example, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, an aryloxy group or a heteroaryloxy group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, and a pyridyloxy group;
For example, an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms and usually has 24 or less, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms;
For example, a dialkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a dimethylamino group and a diethylamino group;
For example, a diarylamino group having a carbon number of usually 10 or more, preferably 12 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a diphenylamino group, a ditrilamino group, and an N-carbazolyl group;
For example, an arylalkylamino group having a carbon number of 7 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylmethylamino group;
For example, an acyl group such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms and chlorine atoms;
For example, a haloalkyl group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 12 or less, preferably 6 or less, such as a trifluoromethyl group;
For example, an alkylthio group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a methylthio group and an ethylthio group;
For example, an arylthio group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, and a pyridylthio group;
For example, a silyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a trimethylsilyl group and a triphenylsilyl group;
For example, a syroxy group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a trimethylsiloxy group and a triphenylsiloxy group;
Cyano group;
For example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group;
For example, an aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of usually 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, and usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a thienyl group and a pyridyl group.
前記式(81)で表される多環式複素化合物TD2は、下記式(83)で表される構造であることが好ましい。 <Preferable polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2>
The polycyclic complex compound TD2 represented by the above formula (81) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (83).
a83、b83、c83及びd83は各々独立に0または1であり、少なくとも一つは1である。) (In equation (83), R 81 , R 82 , and A 81 are synonymous with R 81 , R 82 , and A 81 in equation (81).
a83, b83, c83 and d83 are independently 0 or 1, and at least one is 1. )
以下に、式(81)で表される本発明の多環複素環化合物TD2の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 <Specific example of polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2>
Hereinafter, specific examples of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2 of the present invention represented by the formula (81) will be shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
一実施形態における本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、下記式(20)で表される化合物Iを含有する。 [Compound I: Compound represented by the formula (20)]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment contains compound I represented by the following formula (20).
置換基としてのアルキル基は、炭素数が通常1以上、12以下であり、好ましくは8以下であり、さらに好ましくは6以下であり、より好ましくは4以下の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基であり、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。 <Alkyl group as a substituent>
The alkyl group as a substituent is usually 1 or more and 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and more preferably 4 or less, linear, branched or cyclic. It is an alkyl group, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, and an n-hexyl group. , Cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23、Ar24、Ar27、Ar28、Ar29、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のうちの少なくとも一つは、下記式(21)又は下記式(22)で表される構造であることが好ましい。 <Equation (21), Eq. (22)>
In the above formula (20), at least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 is the following formula (21) or the following formula ( The structure represented by 22) is preferable.
前記式(20)で表される化合物Iは低分子材料であり、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは3,000以下であり、特に好ましくは2,000以下であり、最も好ましくは1,500以下である。化合物Iの分子量の下限は通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。 <Molecular weight>
The compound I represented by the formula (20) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably. It is 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of compound I is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
式(20)で表される化合物Iは特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。 <Specific example of compound I represented by the formula (20)>
The compound I represented by the formula (20) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
一実施形態における本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、下記式(200)で表される化合物IIを含有する。 [Compound II: Compound represented by formula (200)]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment contains compound II represented by the following formula (200).
Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
Xa1、Ya1、及びZa1は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
Xa2、Ya2及びZa2は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa2、Ya2、Za2は水素原子ではない。) (In formula (200),
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
前記式(200)におけるWは、CH又はNを表し、そのうちの少なくとも一つはNであるが、電子輸送性及び電子耐久性の観点から、少なくとも2つがNであることが好ましく、全てNであることがより好ましい。 <W>
W in the above formula (200) represents CH or N, and at least one of them is N, but from the viewpoint of electron transportability and electron durability, at least two are preferably N, and all are N. It is more preferable to have.
前記式(200)における、Xa1、Ya1、Za1が置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基である場合、及び、Xa2、Ya2、Za2が置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基である場合の、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基の芳香族炭化水素環としては、6員環の単環、又は2~5縮合環が好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオランテン環、インデノフルオレン環等が挙げられる。中でも好ましくはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、又はフルオレン環であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環又はフルオレン環であり、さらに好ましくはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環又はフルオレン環である。 <Xa 1 , Ya 1 , Za 1 , Xa 2 , Ya 2 , Za 2 >
When Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 in the above formula (200) are divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and when Xa 2 and Ya 2 are used. When Za 2 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is 6 A monocyclic member ring or a 2-5 fused ring is preferable. Specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, a fluoranthene ring, an indenofluorene ring and the like. Among them, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, or a fluorene ring is preferable, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable. be.
g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数である。電荷輸送性及び耐久性の観点から、g11が2以上又は、h11及びj11の内、少なくとも一方が3以上であることが好ましい。 <G11, h11, j11>
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and at least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability, it is preferable that g11 is 2 or more, or at least one of h11 and j11 is 3 or more.
置換基である場合のR31としては、好ましくは置換基を有していても良い炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基である。耐久性向上及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であることがさらに好ましい。置換基である場合のR31が複数存在する場合は互いに異なっていてもよい。 <R 31 >
When it is a substituent, R 31 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a group heterocyclic group. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable to use an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 31s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
置換基群Zは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アリールアルキルアミノ基、アシル基、ハロゲン原子、ハロアルキル基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、シリル基、シロキシ基、シアノ基、芳香族炭化水素基、及び芳香族複素環基よりなる群である。これらの置換基は直鎖、分岐及び環状のいずれの構造を含んでいてもよい。 <Substituent group Z>
The substituent group Z includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an arylalkylamino group, an acyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group and an alkylthio group. It is a group consisting of an arylthio group, a silyl group, a siloxy group, a cyano group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. These substituents may contain any of linear, branched and cyclic structures.
例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であり、より好ましくは8以下であり、さらに好ましくは6以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;
s 例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシ基;
例えば、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、ピリジルオキシ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上であり、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である、アリールオキシ基若しくはヘテロアリールオキシ基;
例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシカルボニル基;
例えば、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるジアルキルアミノ基;
例えば、ジフェニルアミノ基、ジトリルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常10以上であり、好ましくは12以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下のジアリールアミノ基;
例えば、フェニルメチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常7であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールアルキルアミノ基;
例えば、アセチル基、ベンゾイル基等の、炭素数が通常2であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12であるアシル基;
例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子等のハロゲン原子;
例えば、トリフルオロメチル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常12以下であり、好ましくは6以下であるハロアルキル基;
例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルキルチオ基;
例えば、フェニルチオ基、ナフチルチオ基、ピリジルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上であり、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールチオ基;
例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるシリル基;
例えば、トリメチルシロキシ基、トリフェニルシロキシ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるシロキシ基;
シアノ基;
例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等の、炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素基;
例えば、チエニル基、ピリジル基等の、炭素数が通常3以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族複素環基。 More specifically, the substituent group Z has the following structure.
For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like. , Usually 1 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, more preferably 8 or less, still more preferably 6 or less, linear, branched. , Or a cyclic alkyl group;
s For example, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less;
For example, an aryloxy group or a heteroaryloxy having a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, a pyridyloxy group, etc., having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less. Group;
For example, an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less carbon atoms;
For example, a dialkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a dimethylamino group and a diethylamino group;
For example, a diarylamino group having a carbon number of usually 10 or more, preferably 12 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a diphenylamino group and a ditrilamino group;
For example, an arylalkylamino group having 7 carbon atoms, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylmethylamino group;
For example, an acyl group such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group, which usually has 2 carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 carbon atoms;
For example, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms and chlorine atoms;
For example, a haloalkyl group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 12 or less, preferably 6 or less, such as a trifluoromethyl group;
For example, an alkylthio group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a methylthio group and an ethylthio group;
For example, an arylthio group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, and a pyridylthio group;
For example, a silyl group such as a trimethylsilyl group or a triphenylsilyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less;
For example, a syroxy group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less, such as a trimethylsiloxy group and a triphenylsiloxy group;
Cyano group;
For example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of usually 6 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group;
For example, an aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of usually 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less, such as a thienyl group and a pyridyl group.
前記式(200)で表される化合物IIは低分子材料であり、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは3,000以下であり、特に好ましくは2,000以下であり、最も好ましくは1,500以下である。化合物IIの分子量の下限は通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。 <Molecular weight>
The compound II represented by the formula (200) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably. It is 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of compound II is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
式(200)で表される化合物IIは特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。 <Specific example of compound II represented by the formula (200)>
The compound II represented by the formula (200) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
一実施形態における本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物、及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物IIIを含有する。 [Compound III: Compound represented by formula (210), formula (220), formula (230)]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment is selected from a compound represented by the following formula (210), a compound represented by the following formula (220), and a compound represented by the following formula (230). Contains one or more compounds III.
Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
n24は1~4の整数を表し、
n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。) (In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
前記式(210)、前記式(220)及び前記式(230)における、Ar41、Ar42、Ar43及びAr44に適用できる炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基としては、6員環の単環、又は2~5縮合環の1価の基が好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオランテン環、インデノフルオレン環等の1価の基が挙げられる。さらに好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環、又はインデノフルオレン環の1価の基であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、又はフルオレン環の1価の基であり、最も好ましくはベンゼン環又はナフタレン環の1価の基である。 <Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 , Ar 44 , X 21 , X 22 >
The 6-membered ring is the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms applicable to Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 and Ar 44 in the formula (210), the formula (220) and the formula (230). A monovalent group of a monocyclic ring or a monovalent group of 2 to 5 fused rings is preferable. Specifically, monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluoranthene ring, and indenofluorene ring. The group is mentioned. More preferably, it is a monovalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, or an indenofluorene ring, and more preferably, it is a monovalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring. It is preferably a monovalent group of a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring.
これらの基が有していてもよい置換基は、前述の化合物IIにおける置換基群Zから選択することができる。 X 21 is preferably O or N-Ar 44 , X 22 is preferably O or S, and more preferably O.
The substituents that these groups may have can be selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II.
Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。) (In the above formula, * represents the bond position.
Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
置換基である場合のR21、R22及びR23は各々独立に前述の置換基群Zから選択することができる。好ましくは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基である。耐久性向上及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であることがさらに好ましい。置換基である場合のR21が複数存在する場合は互いに異なっていてもよい。 <R 21 , R 22 , R 23 >
When it is a substituent, R 21 , R 22 and R 23 can each be independently selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z. It is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable to use an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 21s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
前記式(210)、前記式(220)又は前記式(230)で表される化合物IIIは低分子材料であり、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは3,000以下であり、特に好ましくは2,000以下であり、最も好ましくは1,500以下である。化合物IIIの分子量の下限は通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。 <Molecular weight>
The compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, and particularly. It is preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of compound III is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
前記式(210)、前記式(220)又は前記式(230)で表される化合物IIIは特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。 <Specific example of compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230)>
The compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、化合物IIIとして前記式(220)で表される化合物の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、化合物IIIとして前記式(230)で表される化合物の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
また、本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、化合物IIIとして前記式(210)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と前記式(220)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよく、前記式(210)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と前記式(230)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよく、前記式(220)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と前記式(230)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよく、前記式(210)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と前記式(220)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と、前記式(230)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上とが含まれていてもよい。 The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (210) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (220) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (230) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
Further, in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention, as compound III, one or more compounds represented by the above formula (210) and one or two compounds represented by the above formula (220) are included. Species or more may be contained, and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (210) and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (230) are contained. Also, one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (220) and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (230) may be contained, and the above formula (210) may be contained. ), One or more of the compounds represented by the above formula (220), and one or more of the compounds represented by the above formula (230). And may be included.
一実施形態における本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、下記式(240)で表される化合物IVを含有する。 [Compound IV: Compound represented by formula (240)]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment contains compound IV represented by the following formula (240).
Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。) (In equation (240),
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数としては、好ましくは6~50、より好ましくは6~30、さらに好ましくは6~18である。芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、テトラフェニレン環、フェナントレン環、クリセン環、ピレン環、ベンゾアントラセン環、又はペリレン環等の、炭素数が通常6以上、通常30以下、好ましくは18以下、さらに好ましくは14以下である芳香族炭化水素構造の1価の基、又は、これらの構造から選択された複数の構造が鎖状に又は分岐して結合した構造の1価の基が挙げられる。芳香族炭化水素環が複数個連結する場合は、通常、2~8個連結した構造が挙げられ、2~5個連結した構造であることが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環が複数個連結する場合、同一の構造が連結してもよく、異なる構造が連結してもよい。 <Ar 611 , Ar 612 >
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 50, more preferably 6 to 30, and even more preferably 6 to 18. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetraphenylene ring, a phenanthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, or a perylene ring, which usually have 6 carbon atoms. As described above, the monovalent group of the aromatic hydrocarbon structure, which is usually 30 or less, preferably 18 or less, more preferably 14 or less, or a plurality of structures selected from these structures are bonded in a chain or branched manner. The monovalent group of the structure described above can be mentioned. When a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, a structure in which 2 to 8 rings are linked is usually mentioned, and a structure in which 2 to 5 rings are linked is preferable. When a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, the same structure may be linked or different structures may be linked.
フェニル基、
複数のベンゼン環が複数鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基、
1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのナフタレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基、
1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのフェナントレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基、又は、
1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのテトラフェニレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基、
であり、さらに好ましくは、複数のベンゼン環が複数鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基であり、いずれの場合も結合の順序は問わない。 Ar 611 and Ar 612 are preferably independently phenyl groups, respectively.
A monovalent group in which multiple benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded.
A monovalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one naphthalene ring are chained or branched.
A monovalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one phenanthrene ring are chained or branched and bonded, or
A monovalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one tetraphenylene ring are chained or branched.
It is more preferably a monovalent group in which a plurality of benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded, and in any case, the order of bonding does not matter.
さらに好ましくは、Ar611、Ar612がそれぞれ、式(72-1)~(72-3)及び式(72-7)から選択される少なくとも1つの部分構造を有する。
特に好ましくは、Ar611、Ar612がそれぞれ、式(72-1)、式(72-2)及び式(72-7)から選択される少なくとも1つの部分構造を有する。 More preferably, at least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 has at least one partial structure selected from formulas (72-1) to (72-4) and formula (72-7).
More preferably, Ar 611 and Ar 612 each have at least one partial structure selected from formulas (72-1) to (72-3) and formula (72-7).
Particularly preferably, Ar 611 and Ar 612 each have at least one partial structure selected from formula (72-1), formula (72-2) and formula (72-7).
R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、フッ素原子等のハロゲン原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の1価の芳香族炭化水素である。
芳香族炭化水素基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~30、さらに好ましくは6~18、より好ましくは6~10である芳香族炭化水素構造の1価の基が挙げられる。
これら芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有してもよい。芳香族炭化水素基が有してよい置換基は前述の通りであり、具体的には置換基群Zから選択することが出来る。好ましい置換基は前記置換基群Zの好ましい置換基である。 <(R 611 , R 612 >
R611 and R612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbons having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may independently have halogen atoms such as deuterium atoms and fluorine atoms, and substituents.
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a monovalent group having an aromatic hydrocarbon structure having preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
These aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent. The substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z. The preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z.
n611、n612は各々独立に、0~4の整数である。好ましくは0~2であり、さらに好ましくは0又は1である。 <N 611 , n 612 >
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. It is preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
Ar611、Ar612、R611、R612が1価又は2価の芳香族炭化水素基である場合、有してよい置換基は前記化合物IIにおける置換基群Zから選択される置換基が好ましい。 <Substituent>
When Ar 611 , Ar 612 , R 611 , and R 612 are monovalent or divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups, the substituent which may be possessed is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z in the compound II. ..
Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。 <G>
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
単結合、
フェニレン基、
複数のベンゼン環が複数鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基、
1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのナフタレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基、
1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのフェナントレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基、又は、
1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのテトラフェニレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基、
であり、さらに好ましくは、複数のベンゼン環が複数鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基であり、いずれの場合も結合の順序は問わない。 G is preferably
Single bond,
Phenylene group,
A divalent group in which multiple benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded,
A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one naphthalene ring are chained or branched.
A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one phenanthrene ring are chained or branched and bonded, or
A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one tetraphenylene ring are chained or branched.
It is more preferably a divalent group in which a plurality of benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded, and in any case, the order of bonding does not matter.
以下に、前記式(240)で表される化合物IVの好ましい具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 <Specific example of compound IV represented by the above formula (240)>
Hereinafter, preferred specific examples of the compound IV represented by the above formula (240) will be shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
本発明の発光層形成用組成物に含有される有機溶媒は、湿式成膜により前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物及び化合物I~IVを含む層を形成するために用いる、揮発性を有する液体成分である。 [Organic solvent]
The organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is used to form a layer containing the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) and compounds I to IV by wet film formation. It is a volatile liquid component.
本発明の発光層形成用組成物はさらに、第2のホスト材料を含有することが好ましい。 [Second host material]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention preferably further contains a second host material.
アントラセン誘導体としては、下記式(30)で表される化合物が好ましい。下記式(30)で表されるアントラセン誘導体は電子輸送性に優れ、有機電界発光素子の発光層のホスト材料として用いた場合、電子輸送性ホストとして機能する。 Of these, naphthalene, perylene, pyrene, anthracene, chrysene, naphthacene, phenanthrene, coronene, fluoranthene, benzophenanthrene, fluorene, acetonaftofluoranthene and derivatives thereof are preferable, and anthracene derivatives are more preferable. ..
As the anthracene derivative, a compound represented by the following formula (30) is preferable. The anthracene derivative represented by the following formula (30) has excellent electron transport properties, and when used as a host material for the light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device, functions as an electron transport host.
n45は好ましくは0~3の整数であり、より好ましくは0~2の整数である。 n 44 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
n 45 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
置換基であるAr243、Ar244およびAr245が有していてもよい置換基は、前述の化合物IIにおける置換基群Zから選ばれる基が好ましく、より好ましくは前述の置換基群Zに含まれるアルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であり、更に好ましくは前述の置換基群Zに含まれる芳香族炭化水素基である。また、置換基であるAr243、Ar244およびAr245が有していてもよい置換基はさらに置換基を有していてもよく、さらに有していてもよい置換基としては、前述の置換基群Zと同じのものが挙げられ、好ましくは、炭素数8以下のアルキル基、炭素数8以下のアルコキシ基、又はフェニル基、より好ましくは炭素数6以下のアルキル基、炭素数6以下のアルコキシ基、又はフェニル基であり、前述の置換基群Zの各置換基は、電荷輸送性の観点からは、さらなる置換基を有さないことがより好ましい。 (Substituents of Ar 243 , Ar 244 , Ar 245 )
The substituents that the substituents Ar 243 , Ar 244 and Ar 245 may have are preferably a group selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II, and more preferably contained in the above-mentioned substituent group Z. It is an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group contained in the above-mentioned substituent group Z. Further, the substituents that may be possessed by the substituents Ar 243 , Ar 244 and Ar 245 may further have a substituent, and the substituents that may further have are the above-mentioned substituents. The same group as the group Z can be mentioned, preferably an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 8 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms and 6 or less carbon atoms. It is more preferably an alkoxy group or a phenyl group, and each of the above-mentioned substituents of the substituent group Z does not have a further substituent from the viewpoint of charge transportability.
前記式(30)で表される化合物は低分子材料であり、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは2,500以下であり、特に好ましくは2,000以下であり、最も好ましくは1,500以下であり、通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。 (Molecular weight)
The compound represented by the formula (30) is a low molecular weight material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,500 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably 1. , 500 or less, usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, more preferably 400 or more.
前記式(30)で表されるアントラセン誘導体は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。 (Specific example of the anthracene derivative represented by the formula (30))
The anthracene derivative represented by the formula (30) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
本発明の発光層形成用組成物に含まれる式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の含有量は、通常0.001質量%以上、好ましくは0.01質量%以上で、通常30.0質量%以下、好ましくは20.0質量%以下である。
本発明の発光層形成用組成物に含まれる化合物I~IVの含有量は、通常0.01質量%以上で、好ましくは0.1質量%以上で、通常30.0質量%以下、好ましくは20.0質量%以下である。
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物及び化合物I~IVの含有量をこの範囲とすることにより、隣接する層(例えば、正孔輸送層や正孔阻止層)から発光層へ効率良く、正孔や電子の注入が行われ、駆動電圧を低減することができる。
なお、式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は発光層形成用組成物中に、1種のみ含まれていてもよく、2種以上が組み合わされて含まれていてもよい。化合物I~IVについても発光層形成用組成物中に、1種のみ含まれていてもよく、2種以上が組み合わされて含まれていてもよい。 [Content]
The content of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.001% by mass or more, preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and is usually 30. It is 0.0% by mass or less, preferably 20.0% by mass or less.
The content of the compounds I to IV contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 30.0% by mass or less, preferably 30.0% by mass or less. It is 20.0% by mass or less.
By setting the content of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) and the compounds I to IV in this range, the efficiency from the adjacent layer (for example, the hole transport layer or the hole blocking layer) to the light emitting layer is achieved. Well, holes and electrons are injected, and the drive voltage can be reduced.
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer only at one type, or may be contained in combination of two or more types. As for the compounds I to IV, only one kind may be contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer, or two or more kinds may be contained in combination.
本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、必要に応じて、上記の化合物の他に、更に他の化合物を含有してもよい。他の化合物としては、好ましくは、酸化防止剤として知られているジブチルヒドロキシトルエンや、ジブチルフェノール等のフェノール類が挙げられる。 [Other ingredients]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain other compounds in addition to the above compounds, if necessary. Preferred examples of the other compound include phenols such as dibutylhydroxytoluene and dibutylphenol, which are known as antioxidants.
本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いた発光層の形成方法は、湿式成膜法である。湿式成膜法とは、組成物を塗布して液膜を形成し、乾燥して有機溶媒を除去し、発光層の膜を形成する方法である。塗布方法としては、例えば、スピンコート法、ディップコート法、ダイコート法、バーコート法、ブレードコート法、ロールコート法、スプレーコート法、キャピラリーコート法、インクジェット法、ノズルプリンティング法、スクリーン印刷法、グラビア印刷法、フレキソ印刷法等の湿式で成膜させる方法を採用し、塗布膜を乾燥させて膜形成を行う方法をいう。これらの成膜方法の中でも、スピンコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法、ノズルプリンティング法等が好ましい。本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いた有機電界発光素子を備えた有機EL表示装置を製造する場合は、インクジェット法又はノズルプリンティング法が好ましく、インクジェット法が特に好ましい。 [Film film method]
The method for forming a light emitting layer using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is a wet film forming method. The wet film forming method is a method in which a composition is applied to form a liquid film, and the film is dried to remove an organic solvent to form a film of a light emitting layer. Examples of the coating method include spin coating method, dip coating method, die coating method, bar coating method, blade coating method, roll coating method, spray coating method, capillary coating method, inkjet method, nozzle printing method, screen printing method, and gravure. It refers to a method of forming a film by drying a coating film by adopting a wet film forming method such as a printing method or a flexographic printing method. Among these film forming methods, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, an inkjet method, a nozzle printing method and the like are preferable. When manufacturing an organic EL display device provided with an organic electroluminescent element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention, an inkjet method or a nozzle printing method is preferable, and an inkjet method is particularly preferable.
減圧乾燥は、発光層形成用組成物に含まれる有機溶媒の蒸気圧以下に減圧することが好ましい。
加熱する場合は、加熱方法は特に限定されないが、ホットプレートによる加熱、オーブン内での加熱、赤外線加熱等を用いることができる。加熱時間は通常80℃以上で、100℃以上が好ましく、110℃以上がより好ましく、また、200℃以下が好ましく、150℃以下がより好ましい。
加熱時間は、通常1分以上で、2分以上が好ましく、通常60分以下で、30分以下が好ましく、20分以下がより好ましい。 The drying method is not particularly limited, but natural drying, vacuum drying, heat drying, or vacuum drying while heating can be appropriately used. The heat drying may be carried out after natural drying or vacuum drying to further remove the residual organic solvent.
For vacuum drying, it is preferable to reduce the pressure to the vapor pressure or lower of the organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer.
In the case of heating, the heating method is not particularly limited, but heating by a hot plate, heating in an oven, infrared heating, or the like can be used. The heating time is usually 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 200 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 150 ° C. or lower.
The heating time is usually 1 minute or more, preferably 2 minutes or more, usually 60 minutes or less, preferably 30 minutes or less, and more preferably 20 minutes or less.
本発明の一態様に係る有機電界発光素子は、陽極、陰極、及び、陽極と陰極の間に、本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いて形成された発光層を含む。本発明の一態様に係る発光層形成用組成物は、発光材料として前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物を含み、ホスト材料として、前記化合物I、前記化合物II、前記化合物III、又は前記化合物IVの少なくとも1種を含み、さらに有機溶媒を含む。本発明の一態様に係る発光層形成用組成物は、前記第2のホスト材料を含むことが好ましく、前記第2のホスト材料としては、前記式(30)で表される化合物が好ましい。本発明の一態様に係る発光層形成用組成物に含まれる発光材料は、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物のみであることが好ましく、ホスト材料は、前記化合物I、前記化合物II、前記化合物III、又は前記化合物IVの少なくとも1種、及び、前記式(30)で表される化合物のみであることがさらに好ましい。
また、本発明の別態様に係る有機電界発光素子は、陽極、陰極、及び陽極及び陰極の間に設けられた発光層を有し、該発光層は、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物、及び、化合物I~IVの少なくとも1種を含み、該発光層はさらに、前記第2のホスト材料を含むことが好ましく、前記第2のホスト材料としては、前記式(30)で表される化合物が好ましい。本発明の別の態様に係る有機電界発光素子の発光層に含まれる発光材料は、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物のみであることが好ましく、ホスト材料は、前記化合物I、前記化合物II、前記化合物III、及び前記化合物IVの少なくとも1種と、前記式(30)で表される化合物のみであることがさらに好ましい。 [Organic electroluminescent device]
The organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of the present invention includes an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer formed between the anode and the cathode using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention. The composition for forming a light emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention contains the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) as a light emitting material, and the compound I, the compound II, and the compound III as host materials. , Or at least one of the above-mentioned compound IV, and further contains an organic solvent. The composition for forming a light emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention preferably contains the second host material, and the second host material is preferably a compound represented by the formula (30). The light-emitting material contained in the composition for forming a light-emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention is preferably only the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), and the host material is the compound I, the above-mentioned compound I. It is more preferable that only the compound II, the compound III, or at least one of the compound IV, and the compound represented by the formula (30) are used.
Further, the organic electroluminescent element according to another aspect of the present invention has an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer provided between the anode and the cathode, and the light emitting layer is represented by the above formula (1). The electroluminescent layer preferably contains at least one of a ring heterocyclic compound and compounds I to IV, and the light emitting layer further preferably contains the second host material, and the second host material is the formula (30). The compound represented by is preferable. The light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to another aspect of the present invention is preferably only the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), and the host material is the compound I. , The compound II, the compound III, and at least one of the compound IV, and the compound represented by the formula (30) are more preferable.
本発明の有機電界発光素子の構造については後述する。 The second organic layer included in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described below.
The structure of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described later.
第2の有機層には、正孔輸送材料として、トリアリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する第2の重合体を含むことが好ましく、重合体は架橋基を有してよい。該重合体は架橋基を含まないことが更に好ましい。
架橋基を含まないことが好ましい理由を以下に記す。
一般的に、ホウ素を含む多環複素環化合物はホウ素上に空のp軌道を有しており、様々な反応基と反応しやすい。発光層と接している正孔輸送層が架橋基を有しない材料で形成されていると、素子駆動時に未反応架橋基とホウ素を含む多環複素環化合物とが化学反応せず、安定性が向上すると考えられる。 [Second organic layer]
The second organic layer preferably contains, as a hole transporting material, a second polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit, and the polymer may have a cross-linking group. It is more preferable that the polymer does not contain a cross-linking group.
The reasons why it is preferable not to contain a cross-linking group are described below.
In general, a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron has an empty p-orbital on boron and easily reacts with various reactive groups. If the hole transport layer in contact with the light emitting layer is made of a material that does not have a cross-linking group, the unreacted cross-linking group and the polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron do not chemically react when the element is driven, and the stability is improved. It is thought to improve.
第2の有機層が含有するトリアリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する第2の重合体としては、トリアリールアミン構造を当該重合体の主鎖に含むことが好ましい。 [Second polymer used for the second organic layer]
As the second polymer having the triarylamine structure contained in the second organic layer as a repeating unit, it is preferable that the triarylamine structure is contained in the main chain of the polymer.
以下に、第2の有機層が含有する重合体として好ましい、トリアリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する重合体の説明をする。以下の説明においては、特に断りのない限り、置換基とは前述の化合物IIにおける置換基群Zから選択される置換基、又は、後述の架橋基である。トリアリールアミン構造の繰返し単位は下記式(50)で表される。 The polymer contained in the second organic layer preferably has a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit. The triarylamine structure is preferably contained in the backbone of the polymer.
Hereinafter, a polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit, which is preferable as the polymer contained in the second organic layer, will be described. In the following description, unless otherwise specified, the substituent is a substituent selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II, or a cross-linking group described later. The repeating unit of the triarylamine structure is represented by the following formula (50).
Ar51は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基を表し、
Ar52は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、又は前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び前記二価の芳香族複素環基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基を表す。
Ar51とAr52は単結合又は連結基を介して環を形成していてもよい。) (In formula (50),
Ar 51 includes an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Represents a linked group of multiple groups selected from aromatic heterocyclic groups that may have substituents.
Ar 52 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group represents a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
Ar 51 and Ar 52 may form a ring via a single bond or a linking group. )
上記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar51は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基を表す。 (Ar 51 : side chain)
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50), Ar 51 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents a group in which a plurality of groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked.
重合体としては、前記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位におけるAr51の少なくとも一つが、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環が2~5連結した1価又は2価の基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよいフルオレニル基、下記式(51)で表される基、下記式(52)で表される基、又は下記式(53)で表される基であることが好ましい。 (Other preferred Ar 51 )
As the polymer, at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50) contains a monovalent or divalent group in which 2 to 5 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked. A group, a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, a group represented by the following formula (51), a group represented by the following formula (52), or a group represented by the following formula (53). Is preferable.
*は式(50)の主鎖の窒素原子との結合を表し、
Ar53、Ar54は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基若しくは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した2価の基を表し、
Ar55は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基若しくは芳香族複素環基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した1価の基を表し、
Ar56は水素原子又は置換基を表す。) (In formula (51),
* Represents the bond with the nitrogen atom of the main chain of equation (50).
Ar 53 and Ar 54 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents a divalent group in which a plurality of aromatic heterocyclic groups, which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent which may have a substituent, are directly linked or are linked via a linking group.
Ar 55 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of group heterocyclic groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
Ar 56 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. )
前記式(51)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar53、Ar54は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基若しくは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した2価の基を表す。好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が複数連結した基である。ここで、該芳香族炭化水素基及び該芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基は、架橋基を有していても良く、前記置換基群Zと同様の基が好ましい。架橋基としては、前記架橋基群Tから選ばれる基を用いることが出来る。 (Ar 53 , Ar 54 )
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (51), Ar 53 and Ar 54 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent which may have a substituent. A plurality of aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, either directly or via a linking group. Represents a concatenated divalent group. Preferably, it is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Here, the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have may have a bridging group, and the same group as the substituent group Z is preferable. As the cross-linking group, a group selected from the cross-linking group group T can be used.
Ar55は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び該置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した1価の基である。好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい1価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい1価の芳香族炭化水素基が複数連結した基である。 (Ar 55 )
Ar 55 includes an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. A group selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have the substituent is a monovalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group. Preferably, it is a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which a plurality of monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
スキーム2のR31及びR32は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を維持するために、炭素数が1以上、6以下が好ましく、3以下がより好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることが更に好ましい。 <R 31 and R 32 >
It is preferable that R 31 and R 32 of
Ar56は、水素原子または置換基を表す。Ar56が置換基である場合、特に限定はされないが、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基である。好ましい構造としては、前記Ar53~Ar54で挙げた芳香族炭化水素構造、芳香族複素環構造と同様であって1価である構造である。 (Ar 56 )
Ar 56 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When Ar 56 is a substituent, it is not particularly limited, but is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. The preferred structure is the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon structure and the aromatic heterocyclic structure mentioned in Ar 53 to Ar 54 , and is a monovalent structure.
また、重合体としては、上記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位におけるAr51の少なくとも一つは、下記式(52)で表される基であることも好ましい。この理由は、下記式(52)中の2つのカルバゾール構造において、互いの窒素原子間の芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基にLUMOが分布することで、式(50)における主鎖アミンへの影響が抑制され、主鎖アミンの電子や励起子に対する耐久性が向上するためと考えられる。 (Equation (52))
Further, as the polymer, it is also preferable that at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50) is a group represented by the following formula (52). The reason for this is that in the two carbazole structures in the following formula (52), LUMO is distributed in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group between the nitrogen atoms of each other, and the main chain amine in the formula (50) is distributed. It is considered that the influence on the main chain amine is suppressed and the durability of the main chain amine to electrons and excitons is improved.
Ar61及びAr62は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基であり、
Ar63~Ar65は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基である。
*は式(50)中の窒素原子への結合位置を表す。) (In equation (52),
Ar 61 and Ar 62 are each independently a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
Ar 63 to Ar 65 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
* Represents the bond position to the nitrogen atom in the formula (50). )
Ar63~Ar65は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表す。Ar63~Ar65が置換基である場合、置換基は特に限定はされないが、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基である。芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族複素環基としての好ましい構造としては、前記Ar51で挙げた基と同様である。 (Ar 63 to Ar 65 )
Ar 63 to Ar 65 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When Ar 63 to Ar 65 are substituents, the substituents are not particularly limited, but preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic complex which may have a substituent. It is a ring group. The preferred structure of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group is the same as the group mentioned in Ar 51 .
Ar62は、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基である。 (Ar 62 )
Ar 62 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
Ar61は、式(52)における主鎖のアミンの窒素原子と連結する2価の基である。
Ar61は、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基である。 (Ar 61 )
Ar 61 is a divalent group linked to the nitrogen atom of the amine in the backbone in formula (52).
Ar 61 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
該芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環の2価の基又はこれらが複数連結した基が挙げられる。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group of Ar 61 preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 10 or more and 50 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 12 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms.
Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, and a fluoranthene ring. Examples thereof include a 6-membered monocyclic ring, a divalent group of a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, such as a fluorene ring.
前記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位におけるAr51の少なくとも一つは、下記式(53)で表される基であることも好ましい。 (Equation (53))
It is also preferable that at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is a group represented by the following formula (53).
*は式(50)の主鎖の窒素原子との結合を表し、
Ar71は、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
Ar72及びAr73は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した1価の基を表し、
環HAは窒素原子を含む芳香族複素環であり、
X2、Y2は、それぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表し、X2及びY2の少なくとも一方が、炭素原子の場合は、当該炭素原子は置換基を有していてもよい。 In equation (53),
* Represents the bond with the nitrogen atom of the main chain of equation (50).
Ar 71 represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
Ar 72 and Ar 73 each independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It represents a monovalent group in which two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group.
Ring HA is an aromatic heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom.
X 2 and Y 2 independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and when at least one of X 2 and Y 2 is a carbon atom, the carbon atom may have a substituent.
Ar71は、前記Ar53と同様の基である。
Ar71としては、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基1個又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が2~10個連結した基が好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基1個か置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が2~8個連結した基が更に好ましく、中でも置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上連結した基であることが好ましい。 <Ar 71 >
Ar 71 is the same group as Ar 53 .
The Ar 71 is a group in which one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or 2 to 10 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Preferably, one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which 2 to 8 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked is further used. Of these, a group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked is preferable.
X2及びY2は、それぞれ独立に、C(炭素)原子又はN(窒素)原子を表す。X2及びY2の少なくとも一方が、C原子の場合は、置換基を有していてもよい。 <X 2 and Y 2 >
X 2 and Y 2 independently represent a C (carbon) atom or an N (nitrogen) atom, respectively. When at least one of X 2 and Y 2 is a C atom, it may have a substituent.
Ar72及びAr73は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した1価の基である。 <Ar 72 and Ar 73 >
Ar 72 and Ar 73 each independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked.
Ar52における芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基としては、式(50)のAr51と同様の基であって2価である基が挙げられる。また、Ar52における芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Zと同様の基が好ましい。 (Ar 52 )
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Ar 52 include a group similar to Ar 51 in the formula (50) and having a divalent value. Further, the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have in Ar 52 are preferably the same groups as those in the substituent group Z.
架橋基とは、熱及び/又は活性エネルギー線の照射により、該架橋基の近傍に位置する他の架橋基と反応して、新規な化学結合を生成する基のことをいう。この場合、反応する基は架橋基と同一の基あるいは異なった基の場合もある。 [Crosslinking group]
A cross-linking group is a group that reacts with other cross-linking groups located in the vicinity of the cross-linking group to form a new chemical bond by irradiation with heat and / or active energy rays. In this case, the reacting group may be the same group as the cross-linking group or a different group.
以下、上記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位のより好ましいものとして、下記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位、式(57)で表される繰り返し単位、及び下記式(60)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細を説明する。 <Repeat unit represented by the preferred formula (50)>
Hereinafter, as more preferable of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50), the repeating unit represented by the following formula (54), the repeating unit represented by the formula (55), and the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) are represented. The repeating unit, the repeating unit represented by the formula (57), and the repeating unit represented by the following formula (60) will be described in detail.
Ar51は前記式(50)におけるAr51と同様であり、
Xは、-C(R207)(R208)-、-N(R209)-又は-C(R211)(R212)-C(R213)(R214)-であり、
R201、R202、R221及びR222は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であり、
R207~R209及びR211~R214は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であり、
a及びbは、それぞれ独立して、0~4の整数であり、
cは、0~3の整数であり、
dは、0~4の整数であり、
R201が複数ある場合は、複数のR201は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
R202が複数ある場合は、複数のR202は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
R221が複数ある場合は、複数のR221は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
R222が複数ある場合は、複数のR222は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
i及びjはそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数である。) (In equation (54),
Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50).
X is -C (R 207 ) (R 208 )-, -N (R 209 )-or-C (R 211 ) (R 212 ) -C (R 213 ) (R 214 )-.
R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may be used.
a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4, respectively.
c is an integer from 0 to 3 and
d is an integer from 0 to 4,
When there are a plurality of R 201s , the plurality of R 201s may be the same or different.
When there are a plurality of R 202s , the plurality of R 202s may be the same or different.
When there are a plurality of R 221s , the plurality of R 221s may be the same or different.
When there are a plurality of R 222s , the plurality of R 222s may be the same or different.
i and j are each independently an integer of 0 to 3. )
上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中のR201、R202、R221及びR222は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。 (R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 )
R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
R207~R209及びR211~R214は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基である。 (R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 )
R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may be used.
上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中において、a及びbはそれぞれ独立して、0~4の整数である。a+bは1以上であることが好ましく、さらに、a及びbは、各々2以下であることが好ましく、aとbの両方が1であることがより好ましい。ここで、aが1以上であるとは、cが1以上である場合であり、bが1以上であるとは、dが1以上である場合である。また、bが1以上である場合、dも1以上であることが好ましい。また、cが2以上の場合、複数のaは同じであっても異なってもよく、dが2以上の場合、複数のbは同じであっても異なってもよい。 (A, b, c and d)
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54), a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4. It is preferable that a + b is 1 or more, further, a and b are preferably 2 or less, and it is more preferable that both a and b are 1. Here, a is 1 or more when c is 1 or more, and b is 1 or more when d is 1 or more. Further, when b is 1 or more, it is preferable that d is also 1 or more. Further, when c is 2 or more, the plurality of a may be the same or different, and when d is 2 or more, the plurality of b may be the same or different.
上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中において、i及びjはそれぞれ独立して、0~3の整数である。i及びjはそれぞれ独立して、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、0又は1であることが更に好ましい。i及びjは同じ整数であることが好ましい。i及びjは、重合体の主鎖をねじれされるためには、1又は2が好ましく、かつ、R221及び/又はR222がベンゼン環の1位及び/又は3位に結合することが好ましい。合成のしやすさからはi及びjは0であることが好ましい。尚、前記ベンゼン環への結合位は、Xが結合している炭素原子の隣の炭素原子でR221又はR222が結合可能な炭素原子を1位、主鎖として隣の構造と結合している炭素原子を2位とする。 (I and j)
In the repeating unit represented by the above equation (54), i and j are independently integers of 0 to 3. i and j are each independently, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. It is preferable that i and j are the same integer. For i and j, 1 or 2 is preferable in order to twist the main chain of the polymer, and R 221 and / or R 222 is preferably bonded to the 1-position and / or 3-position of the benzene ring. .. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, i and j are preferably 0. As for the bond position to the benzene ring, the carbon atom to which R221 or R222 can be bonded at the carbon atom next to the carbon atom to which X is bonded is at the 1st position, and is bonded to the adjacent structure as the main chain. The carbon atom is in the second position.
上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar51は前記式(50)におけるAr51と同様であり、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基である。 (Ar 51 )
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54), Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and has an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent which may have a substituent. A plurality of groups selected from an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be present, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked. It is a group.
上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位におけるAr51の少なくとも一つは、前記式(51)、前記式(52)又は前記式(53)で表される基であることがより好ましい。前記式(51)中の2つのカルバゾール構造において、互いの窒素原子間の芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基にLUMOが分布することで、電子や励起子に対する耐久性が向上する傾向にあると考えられる。 (Other preferred Ar 51 )
It is more preferable that at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) is a group represented by the formula (51), the formula (52) or the formula (53). In the two carbazole structures in the above formula (51), LUMO is distributed in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group between the nitrogen atoms of each other, so that the durability against electrons and excitons tends to be improved. It is believed that there is.
上記式(54)におけるXは、電荷輸送時の安定性が高いことから、-C(R207)(R208)-又は-N(R209)-であることが好ましく、-C(R207)(R208)-であることがより好ましい。 (X)
Since X in the above formula (54) has high stability during charge transport, it is preferably -C (R 207 ) (R 208 )-or -N (R 209 )-, and -C (R 207 ). ) (R 208 )-is more preferred.
上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記式(54-1)~(54-8)のいずれかで示される繰り返し単位であることが特に好ましい。 (Preferable repeating unit)
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) is particularly preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (54-1) to (54-8).
上記式(54)中の窒素原子を除いた主鎖構造は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような構造が挙げられる。 [Specific example of the main chain of the repeating unit represented by the formula (54)]
The main chain structure excluding the nitrogen atom in the above formula (54) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位は重合体中に通常10モル%以上含まれ、30モル%以上含まれることが好ましく、40モル%以上含まれることがより好ましく、50モル%以上含まれることがさらに好ましい。 [Content of repeating unit represented by formula (54)]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more.
本明細書において、末端基とは、重合体の重合終了時に用いるエンドキャップ剤によって形成された、重合体の末端部の構造のことを指す。第2の有機層において、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基は炭化水素基であることが好ましい。炭化水素基としては、電荷輸送性の観点から、炭素数1以上60以下が好ましく、1以上40以下がより好ましく、1以上30以下がさらに好ましい。 [Terminal group]
In the present specification, the terminal group refers to the structure of the terminal portion of the polymer formed by the end cap agent used at the end of the polymerization of the polymer. In the second organic layer, the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably a hydrocarbon group. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 1 or more and 40 or less, and further preferably 1 or more and 30 or less.
メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;
ビニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルケニル基;
エチニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖又は分岐のアルキニル基;
フェニル基、ナフチル基等の、炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素基;が挙げられる。 As the hydrocarbon group, for example,
Carbon such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group, etc. A linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having a number of usually 1 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less;
A linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl group having usually 2 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a vinyl group;
A linear or branched alkynyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as an ethynyl group;
Examples thereof include aromatic hydrocarbon groups having a carbon number of usually 6 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less, such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
Ar51は、前記式(50)又は前記式(54)におけるAr51と同様であり、
R303及びR306は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であり、
R304及びR305は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基であり、
lは、0又は1であり、
mは、1又は2であり、
nは、0又は1であり
pは、0又は1であり、
qは、0又は1である。) (In formula (55),
Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50) or the above formula (54).
R 303 and R 306 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
R 304 and R 305 are each independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
l is 0 or 1 and is
m is 1 or 2 and
n is 0 or 1 and p is 0 or 1.
q is 0 or 1. )
上記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位中のR303及びR306は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。
アルキル基としては、前記式(54)におけるR201及びR202と同様のものが挙げられ、有していてもよい置換基及び好ましい構造もR201及びR202と同様のものが挙げられる。
R303が複数ある場合は、複数のR303は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、R306が複数ある場合は、複数のR306は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 (R 303 , R 306 )
R 303 and R 306 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
Examples of the alkyl group include those similar to those of R 201 and R 202 in the above formula (54), and examples thereof include substituents and preferred structures similar to those of R 201 and R 202 .
When there are a plurality of R 303s , the plurality of R 303s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 306s, the plurality of R 306s may be the same or different.
上記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位中のR304及びR305は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基である。好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。
R304とR304は同一であることが好ましい。 (R 304 , R 305 )
R 304 and R 305 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) are independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent or a substituent. It is an aralkyl group which may have a group. It is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
It is preferable that R 304 and R 304 are the same.
lは0又は1を表し、nは0又は1を表す。 (L, m and n)
l represents 0 or 1 and n represents 0 or 1.
pは0又は1を表し、qは0又は1を表す。lが2以上の場合、複数のpは同じであっても異なってもよく、nが2以上の場合、複数のqは同じであっても異なってもよい。l=n=1の場合、pとqは同時に0となることはない。pとqが同時に0とならないことで、本発明の組成物が含有する重合体の溶解性を高くし、該重合体を含有する第2の組成物からの析出も抑制できる傾向にある。また、p+qが1以上であると主鎖の芳香環が立体障害により捻じれ、重合体の溶媒への溶解性が優れると共に、湿式成膜法で形成し加熱処理された塗膜は溶媒への不溶性に優れる傾向にある。したがって、p+qが1以上であると、この塗膜上へ湿式成膜法で別の有機層(例えば発光層)を形成する場合には、有機溶媒を含む該別の有機層形成用組成物への重合体の溶出が抑えられる。 (P and q)
p represents 0 or 1 and q represents 0 or 1. When l is 2 or more, the plurality of ps may be the same or different, and when n is 2 or more, the plurality of qs may be the same or different. When l = n = 1, p and q cannot be 0 at the same time. When p and q do not become 0 at the same time, the solubility of the polymer contained in the composition of the present invention tends to be high, and precipitation from the second composition containing the polymer tends to be suppressed. Further, when p + q is 1 or more, the aromatic ring of the main chain is twisted due to steric hindrance, the polymer is excellently soluble in the solvent, and the coating film formed by the wet film forming method and heat-treated is transferred to the solvent. It tends to be insoluble. Therefore, when p + q is 1 or more, when another organic layer (for example, a light emitting layer) is formed on this coating film by a wet film forming method, the composition for forming another organic layer containing an organic solvent is obtained. Elution of the polymer of the above is suppressed.
上記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar51は前記式(50)又は前記式(54)におけるAr51と同様であり、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基である。 (Ar 51 )
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55), Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50) or the above formula (54), and is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. , An aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. It is a group in which a plurality of groups are linked.
式(55)で表される繰り返し単位のN原子を除いた主鎖構造は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような構造が挙げられる。 [Specific example of the main chain of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55)]
The main chain structure excluding the N atom of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位は通常重合体中に10モル%以上含まれ、30モル%以上含まれることが好ましく、40モル%以上含まれることがさらに好ましく、50モル%以上含まれることが特に好ましい。 [Content of repeating unit represented by formula (55)]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or more.
第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基は、上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基と同様に、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。好ましい炭化水素基及び有してよい置換基も、上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基と同様である。 [Terminal group]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54). Similarly, it is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Preferred hydrocarbon groups and possible substituents are also the same as the terminal groups of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
Ar51は前記式(50)、前記式(54)又は前記式(55)におけるAr51と同様であり、
Ar41は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、又は前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び前記二価の芳香族複素環基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基であり、
R441及びR442は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であり、
tは、1又は2であり、
uは、0又は1であり、
r及びsは、それぞれ独立して、0~4の整数である。) (In formula (56),
The Ar 51 is the same as the Ar 51 in the above formula (50), the above formula (54) or the above formula (55).
Ar 41 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
R 441 and R 442 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
t is 1 or 2
u is 0 or 1 and is
r and s are independently integers from 0 to 4. )
上記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位中のR441、R442は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。 (R 441 , R 442 )
R 441 and R 442 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
式(56)で表される繰り返し単位中において、r及びsはそれぞれ独立して、0~4の整数である。tが2以上の場合、複数のrは同じであっても異なってもよく、uが2以上の場合、複数のsは同じであっても異なってもよい。r+sは1以上であることが好ましく、さらに、r及びsは、各々2以下であることが好ましい。r+sが1以上であると、有機電界発光素子の駆動寿命はさらに長くなると考えられる。 (R, s, t and u)
In the repeating unit represented by the formula (56), r and s are independently integers of 0 to 4. When t is 2 or more, the plurality of r may be the same or different, and when u is 2 or more, the plurality of s may be the same or different. r + s is preferably 1 or more, and r and s are preferably 2 or less, respectively. When r + s is 1 or more, it is considered that the drive life of the organic electroluminescent device is further extended.
上記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar51は前記式(50)、前記式(54)又は前記式(55)におけるAr51と同様であり、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基である。 (Ar 51 )
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56), Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50), the above formula (54) or the above formula (55), and even if it has a substituent. A good aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic complex which may have a substituent. It is a group in which a plurality of groups selected from ring groups are linked.
Ar41は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、又は前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び前記二価の芳香族複素環基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基である。 (Ar 41 )
Ar 41 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
式(56)で表される繰返し単位の主鎖の具体例を以下に示す。 [Specific example of repeating unit represented by equation (56)]
A specific example of the backbone of the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is shown below.
第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位は通常重合体中に10モル%以上含まれ、30モル%以上含まれることが好ましく、40モル%以上含まれることがさらに好ましく、50モル%以上含まれることが特に好ましい。 [Content of repeating unit represented by formula (56)]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or more.
第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基は、上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基と同様に、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。好ましい炭化水素基及び有してよい置換基も、上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基と同様である。 [Terminal group]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54). Similarly, it is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Preferred hydrocarbon groups and possible substituents are also the same as the terminal groups of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
Ar51は前記式(50)、前記式(54)、前記式(55)又は前記式(56)におけるAr51と同様であり、
R517~R519は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基を表し、
f、g、hは、各々独立して、0~4の整数を表し、
eは0~3の整数を表し、
ただし、gが1以上の場合、eは1以上である。) (In formula (57),
The Ar 51 is the same as the Ar 51 in the formula (50), the formula (54), the formula (55) or the formula (56).
Each of R 517 to R 519 independently contains an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group that may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent that may have.
f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
e represents an integer from 0 to 3 and represents
However, when g is 1 or more, e is 1 or more. )
R517~R519における芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基は、各々独立に、前記Ar51で挙げたものと同様の基である、また、これらの基が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Z又と同様の基が好ましい。 (R 517 to R 519 )
The aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in R 517 to R 519 are independently the same groups as those mentioned in Ar 51 , and the substitutions that these groups may have. The group is preferably a group similar to the substituent group Z or.
f、g、hは、各々独立して、0~4の整数を表す。
eが2以上の場合、複数のgは同じであっても異なってもよい。
f+g+hは1以上であることが好ましい。
f+hは1以上であることが好ましく、
f+hは1以上、且つ、f、g及びhは2以下であることがより好ましく、
f+hは1以上、且つ、f、hは1以下であることがさらに好ましく、
f、hはいずれも1であることが最も好ましい。 (F, g, h)
f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
When e is 2 or more, a plurality of g may be the same or different.
It is preferable that f + g + h is 1 or more.
It is preferable that f + h is 1 or more.
It is more preferable that f + h is 1 or more and f, g and h are 2 or less.
It is more preferable that f + h is 1 or more and f and h are 1 or less.
It is most preferable that both f and h are 1.
また、R517とR519とは同一であることが好ましく、 When both f and h are 1, it is preferable that R 517 and R 519 are bonded to each other at symmetrical positions.
Further, it is preferable that R 517 and R 519 are the same.
gが2である場合、2つのR518は互いにパラ位に結合していることが最も好ましく、
gが2である場合、2つのR518は同一であることが最も好ましい。 It is more preferable that g is 2.
When g is 2, the two R 518s are most preferably bonded to each other in the para position.
When g is 2, it is most preferable that the two R 518s are the same.
式(57)で表される繰り返し単位の主鎖構造は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような構造が挙げられる。 <Specific example of the main chain of the repeating unit represented by the formula (57)>
The main chain structure of the repeating unit represented by the formula (57) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
Ar51は前記式(50)におけるAr51と同様であり、
n60は1~5の整数を表す。) (In formula (60),
Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above equation (50).
n 60 represents an integer of 1 to 5. )
n60は1~5の整数を表し、好ましくは1~4の整数であり、さらに好ましくは1~3の整数である。 (N 60 )
n 60 represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
本発明の組成物に用いる機能性材料が前記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体の場合、式(50)で表される繰返し単位としてさらに好ましくは、前記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位、前記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位、前記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位、前記式(57)で表される繰り返し単位、又は前記式(60)で表される繰り返し単位である。 [Preferable repetition unit]
When the functional material used in the composition of the present invention is a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the formula (50), the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is more preferably represented by the formula (54). The repeating unit represented by the formula (55), the repeating unit represented by the formula (56), the repeating unit represented by the formula (57), or the repeating unit represented by the formula (60). It is a repeating unit to be done.
下記式(61)で表される部分構造を含む前記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位、
下記式(61)で表される部分構造を含む前記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位、
下記式(61)で表される部分構造を含む前記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位、
又は下記式(61)で表される部分構造を含む前記式(57)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体であることが好ましい。 Among these,
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (56) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
Alternatively, it is preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the above formula (57) including a partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
R601は式(54)におけるR201またはR202、式(55)におけるR303、R304、R305、又はR406、式(56)におけるR441又はR+、式(57)におけるR517、R518又はR519を表し、-*は隣の原子との結合を表す。
式(61)が式(54)の部分構造または式(56)の部分構造である場合、Ring Bは縮合環の一部であってもよい。
式(61)及び式(61’)で表される部分構造は、R601の他に、Ring A及びRing Bに、式(54)の部分構造である場合はR201またはR202、式(55)の部分構造である場合はR303、R304、R305、又はR406、式(56)の部分構造である場合はR441又はR442、式(57)の部分構造である場合はR517、R518又はR519を有していてもよい。)
なお、前記式(61)と前記式(61’)とは同一とみなせるので、以後必要な場合は式(61)として説明する。 (In equation (61) and equation (61')
R 601 is R 201 or R 202 in equation (54), R 303 , R 304 , R 305 or R 406 in equation (55), R 441 or R + in equation (56), R 517 in equation (57), It represents R 518 or R 519 , and-* represents a bond with an adjacent atom.
When the formula (61) is a partial structure of the formula (54) or a partial structure of the formula (56), Ring B may be a part of the fused ring.
In addition to R601 , the partial structures represented by the formulas (61) and (61') include Ring A and Ring B, and in the case of the partial structure of the formula (54), R201 or R202 , the formula ( If it is a partial structure of 55), it is R 303 , R 304 , R 305 , or R 406 , if it is a partial structure of equation (56), it is R 441 or R 442 , and if it is a partial structure of equation (57), it is. It may have R 517 , R 518 or R 519 . )
Since the formula (61) and the formula (61') can be regarded as the same, the formula (61) will be described below when necessary.
前記式(54)の繰り返し単位は特に好ましい。本発明の組成物は、前記式(1)で表される溶媒化合物と、この繰り返し単位を有する重合体を含むことがさらに好ましい。前記式(54)で表される繰返し単位は下記式(62)で表される繰返し単位であることが好ましい。 (Equation (62))
The repeating unit of the above formula (54) is particularly preferable. It is more preferable that the composition of the present invention contains the solvent compound represented by the above formula (1) and a polymer having this repeating unit. The repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (62).
Ar51、X、R201、R202、R221、R222、a、b、c、dは、前記式(54)におけるAr51、X、R201、R202、R221、R222、a、b、c、dと同じであり、
a1、a2、b1、b2、i1、i2、j1、j2はそれぞれ独立に0又は1である。
但し、下記条件(1)、(2)のいずれかを満たす。
(1)a1、a2及びaはそれぞれ独立であり少なくとも一つは1以上であり、
b1、b2及びbはそれぞれ独立であり少なくとも一つは1以上であり、
c及びdはそれぞれ独立に1以上であり、
cが1の場合はa1又はa2の少なくとも一方は1であり、
dが1の場合はb1又はb2の少なくとも一方は1である。
(2)i1、i2、j1及びj2はそれぞれ独立であり少なくとも1つは1である。
Ring B1はR201を特定の位置に有してよい2価のベンゼン環を指し、
Ring B2はR201を有してよいc-1個のベンゼン環が連結した2価の基、ただしc=1の場合は単結合を指し、
Ring B3はビフェニル構造がXで更に結合した2価の縮合環を指し、
Ring B4はR202を有してよいd-1個のベンゼン環が連結した2価の基、ただしd=1の場合は単結合を指し、
Ring B5はR202を特定の位置に有してよい2価のベンゼン環を指す。) (In equation (62),
Ar 51 , X, R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , a, b, c, d are Ar 51 , X, R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , a in the above equation (54). , B, c, d,
a 1 , a 2 , b 1 , b 2 , i 1 , i 2 , j 1 , and j 2 are independently 0 or 1, respectively.
However, either of the following conditions (1) and (2) is satisfied.
(1) a 1 , a 2 and a are independent of each other, and at least one is 1 or more.
b 1 , b 2 and b are independent of each other and at least one is 1 or more.
c and d are 1 or more independently, respectively.
When c is 1 , at least one of a1 or a2 is 1.
When d is 1 , at least one of b1 or b2 is 1.
(2) i 1 , i 2 , j 1 and j 2 are independent of each other, and at least one is 1.
Ring B1 refers to a divalent benzene ring that may have R 201 in a particular position.
Ring B2 is a divalent group in which c-1 benzene rings may have R 201 linked, but when c = 1, it refers to a single bond.
Ring B3 refers to a divalent fused ring with a biphenyl structure further bonded at X.
Ring B4 is a divalent group in which d-1 benzene rings may have R 202 linked, but when d = 1, it refers to a single bond.
Ring B5 refers to a divalent benzene ring that may have R 202 at a particular position. )
a1、a2及びaの少なくとも一つは1以上である場合において、
a1またはa2の少なくとも一方が1の場合は、
cが2以上の場合はRing B1とRing B2とが前記式(61)を部分構造として含み、
cが1の場合はRing B1とRing B3とが、前記式(61)を部分構造として含み、
aが1以上の場合、cが2であれば、Ring B2とRing B1とが、又は、Ring B2とRing B3とが、前記式(61)を部分構造として含み、
aが1以上かつcが3以上の場合は上記の可能性に加えて、Ring B2内に前記式(61)を部分構造として含む場合もある。 As described below, the formula (62) includes the formula (61) as a partial structure.
When at least one of a 1 , a 2 and a is 1 or more,
If at least one of a 1 or a 2 is 1,
When c is 2 or more, Ring B1 and Ring B2 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
When c is 1, Ring B1 and Ring B3 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
When a is 1 or more and c is 2, Ring B2 and Ring B1 or Ring B2 and Ring B3 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
When a is 1 or more and c is 3 or more, in addition to the above possibility, the above formula (61) may be included as a partial structure in Ring B2.
i1及びi2の一方又は両方が1の場合、Ring B3のR221が結合している環とRing B2又はRing B1のベンゼン環とで、部分構造として式(61)が形成され、
j1及びj2の一方又は両方が1の場合、Ring B3のR222が結合している環とRing B4又はRing B5のベンゼン環とで、部分構造として式(61)が形成されることが分かる。
すなわち、Ring B3とRing B2若しくはRing B1とが、又は、Ring B3とRing B4若しくはRing B5とが捻じれた構造であることが分かる If at least one of i 1 , i 2 , j 1 and j 2 is 1.
When one or both of i1 and i2 are 1, the formula (61) is formed as a partial structure by the ring to which R221 of Ring B3 is bonded and the benzene ring of Ring B2 or Ring B1.
When one or both of j 1 and j 2 are 1, the ring in which R222 of Ring B3 is bonded and the benzene ring of Ring B4 or Ring B5 may form the formula (61) as a partial structure. I understand.
That is, it can be seen that Ring B3 and Ring B2 or Ring B1 have a twisted structure, or Ring B3 and Ring B4 or Ring B5 are twisted.
以下、第2の有機層に含まれる重合体の分子量について記す。 [Molecular weight of polymer]
Hereinafter, the molecular weight of the polymer contained in the second organic layer will be described.
重合体において、式(50)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、式(50)で表される繰り返し単位は重合体の全繰り返し単位100モル%中に通常10モル%以上含まれ、30モル%以上含まれることが好ましく、40モル%以上含まれることがより好ましく、50モル%以上含まれることがさらに好ましい。 (Content of repeating unit represented by formula (50))
In the polymer, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is usually 10 mol% or more in 100 mol% of all the repeating units of the polymer. It is contained, preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more.
本発明のアリールアミン構造を繰返し単位として含む重合体は、さらに下記式(50-2)で表される構造を主鎖に含んでいてもよい。 <Repeating unit represented by equation (50-2)>
The polymer containing the arylamine structure of the present invention as a repeating unit may further contain a structure represented by the following formula (50-2) in the main chain.
ここで、各式で表される繰返し単位において、具体的な構造のことを、「繰返し単位構造」と称することとする。具体的な構造とは、一般式において、全ての符号にそれぞれ具体的な構造または数値を当てはめて得られる構造である。すなわち、アリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する重合体は、前記式(54)に含まれる繰返し単位構造、前記式(55)に含まれる繰返し単位構造、前記式(56)に含まれる繰返し単位構造、前記式(57)に含まれる繰返し単位構造、及び前記式(60)に含まれる繰返し単位構造の内、1つのみの繰返し単位構造を含んでもよく、2以上の複数の繰返し単位構造を含んでもよい。2以上の複数の繰返し単位構造を含む場合、これら2以上の複数の繰返し単位は、同一の前記一般式に含まれる繰返し単位構造であってもよいし、異なる一般式に含まれる繰返し単位構造であってもよい。電荷輸送性及び耐久性の観点から、アリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する重合体は、これらの各式で表される具体的繰返し単位構造を1又は2含み、他の繰返し単位構造を含まない重合体であることがさらに好ましい。 (Preferable repeating unit structure of polymer)
Here, in the repeating unit represented by each equation, a specific structure will be referred to as a “repeating unit structure”. The specific structure is a structure obtained by applying a specific structure or numerical value to all the codes in the general formula. That is, the polymer having an arylamine structure as a repeating unit has a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (54), a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (55), and a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (56). Among the repeating unit structures included in the formula (57) and the repeating unit structure included in the formula (60), only one repeating unit structure may be included, or two or more repeating unit structures may be included. good. When a plurality of repetition unit structures of two or more are included, the plurality of repetition units of two or more may be the repetition unit structure included in the same general formula, or may be a repetition unit structure included in different general formulas. There may be. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability, the polymer having an arylamine structure as a repeating unit contains 1 or 2 specific repeating unit structures represented by each of these formulas, and does not contain other repeating unit structures. It is even more preferable that they are coalesced.
式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明に用いる重合体はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、化学式中の数字は繰返し単位のモル比を表す。nは繰り返し数を表す。 [Concrete example]
Specific examples of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) are shown below, but the polymer used in the present invention is not limited thereto. The numbers in the chemical formula represent the molar ratio of the repeating unit. n represents the number of repetitions.
第2の有機層が含有する第2の重合体の製造方法は特には制限されず任意である。例えば、Suzuki反応による重合方法、Grignard反応による重合方法、Yamamoto反応による重合方法、Ullmann反応による重合方法、Buchwald-Hartwig反応による重合方法等などが挙げられる。 <Method for producing the second polymer>
The method for producing the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is not particularly limited and is arbitrary. For example, a polymerization method by the Suzuki reaction, a polymerization method by the Grignard reaction, a polymerization method by the Yamamoto reaction, a polymerization method by the Ullmanne reaction, a polymerization method by the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction and the like can be mentioned.
以下、第2の有機層を形成する第2の組成物について説明する。
第2の組成物は、第2の重合体及び溶媒(有機溶媒)を含有する。この第2の組成物は通常湿式成膜法で本発明の有機電界発光素子の有機層を形成するために用いられる。該有機層は、特に本発明の発光層形成用組成物により形成された発光層に隣接する正孔輸送層であることが好ましい。第2の組成物は、第2の重合体を1種類含有するものであってもよく、2種類以上を任意の組み合わせ及び任意の比率で含有するものであってもよい。 [Second composition]
Hereinafter, the second composition forming the second organic layer will be described.
The second composition contains a second polymer and a solvent (organic solvent). This second composition is usually used by a wet film forming method to form an organic layer of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention. The organic layer is particularly preferably a hole transport layer adjacent to the light emitting layer formed by the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention. The second composition may contain one kind of the second polymer, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio.
第2の組成物中の第2の重合体の含有量は、通常0.01質量%以上70質量%以下、好ましくは0.1質量%以上60質量%、さらに好ましくは0.5質量%以上50質量%以下である。第2の重合体の含有量が上記範囲内であると、形成した有機層に欠陥が生じ難く、また膜厚ムラが生じ難いため好ましい。 (Contents of the second polymer)
The content of the second polymer in the second composition is usually 0.01% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. It is 50% by mass or less. When the content of the second polymer is within the above range, defects are less likely to occur in the formed organic layer and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
第2の組成物は、通常、溶媒を含有する。この溶媒は、第2の重合体を溶解するものが好ましい。具体的には、第2の重合体を第2の組成物中に、室温で通常0.05質量%以上、好ましくは0.5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは1質量%以上溶解させる溶媒が好適である。 (solvent)
The second composition usually contains a solvent. The solvent is preferably one that dissolves the second polymer. Specifically, a solvent in which the second polymer is dissolved in the second composition at room temperature in an amount of usually 0.05% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 1% by mass or more is preferable. Is.
第2の組成物は、低抵抗化する点で、さらに電子受容性化合物を含有することが好ましい。特に、第2の組成物を、正孔注入層を形成するために用いる場合には、第2の組成物は電子受容性化合物を含有することが好ましい。 [Electron accepting compound]
The second composition preferably further contains an electron-accepting compound in terms of lowering the resistance. In particular, when the second composition is used to form a hole injection layer, the second composition preferably contains an electron accepting compound.
第2の組成物は、更にカチオンラジカル化合物を含有していてもよい。
カチオンラジカル化合物としては、正孔輸送性化合物から一電子取り除いた化学種であるカチオンラジカルと、対アニオンとからなるイオン化合物が好ましい。但し、カチオンラジカルが正孔輸送性の高分子化合物由来である場合、カチオンラジカルは高分子化合物の繰り返し単位から一電子取り除いた構造となる。 [Cation radical compound]
The second composition may further contain a cationic radical compound.
As the cationic radical compound, an ionic compound composed of a cationic radical, which is a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a hole transporting compound, and a counter anion is preferable. However, when the cation radical is derived from a hole-transporting polymer compound, the cation radical has a structure in which one electron is removed from the repeating unit of the polymer compound.
本発明の有機電界発光素子の構造の一例として、図1に有機電界発光素子8の構造例の模式図(断面)を示す。図1において、1は基板、2は陽極、3は正孔注入層、4は正孔輸送層、5は発光層、6は電子輸送層、7は陰極を各々表す。 [Structure of organic electroluminescent device]
As an example of the structure of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, FIG. 1 shows a schematic view (cross section) of a structural example of the organic electroluminescent device 8. In FIG. 1, 1 is a substrate, 2 is an anode, 3 is a hole injection layer, 4 is a hole transport layer, 5 is a light emitting layer, 6 is an electron transport layer, and 7 is a cathode.
基板1は、有機電界発光素子の支持体となるものであり、通常、石英やガラスの板、金属板や金属箔、プラスチックフィルムやシート等が用いられる。これらのうち、ガラス板や、ポリエステル、ポリメタクリレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリスルホン等の透明な合成樹脂の板が好ましい。基板は、外気による有機電界発光素子の劣化が起こり難いことからガスバリア性の高い材質とするのが好ましい。このため、特に合成樹脂製の基板等のようにガスバリア性の低い材質を用いる場合は、基板の少なくとも片面に緻密なシリコン酸化膜等を設けてガスバリア性を上げるのが好ましい。 <Board>
The substrate 1 serves as a support for an organic electric field light emitting element, and usually a quartz or glass plate, a metal plate, a metal foil, a plastic film, a sheet, or the like is used. Of these, a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin plate such as polyester, polymethacrylate, polycarbonate, or polysulfone is preferable. The substrate is preferably made of a material having a high gas barrier property because the organic electroluminescent element is unlikely to be deteriorated by the outside air. Therefore, particularly when a material having a low gas barrier property such as a substrate made of synthetic resin is used, it is preferable to provide a dense silicon oxide film or the like on at least one side of the substrate to improve the gas barrier property.
陽極2は、発光層5側の層に正孔を注入する機能を担う。 <Anode>
The
陽極2側から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を担う層は、通常、正孔注入輸送層又は正孔輸送層と呼ばれる。陽極2側から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を担う層が2層以上ある場合に、より陽極側に近い方の層を正孔注入層3と呼ぶことがある。正孔注入層3は、陽極2から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を強化する点で、形成されることが好ましい。正孔注入層3を形成する場合、通常、正孔注入層3は、陽極2上に形成される。 <Hole injection layer>
The layer having a function of transporting holes from the
正孔注入層形成用組成物は、通常、正孔注入層3となる正孔輸送性化合物を含有する。正孔注入層形成用組成物は、湿式成膜法の場合は、通常、更に溶媒も含有する。正孔注入層形成用組成物は、正孔輸送性が高く、注入された正孔を効率よく輸送できるのが好ましい。このため、正孔移動度が大きく、トラップとなる不純物が製造時や使用時等に発生し難いことが好ましい。また、安定性に優れ、イオン化ポテンシャルが小さく、可視光に対する透明性が高いことが好ましい。特に、正孔注入層が発光層と接する場合は、発光層からの発光を消光しないものや発光層とエキサイプレックスを形成して、発光効率を低下させないものが好ましい。 (Hole-transporting compound)
The composition for forming a hole injection layer usually contains a hole transporting compound that becomes the
湿式成膜法により正孔注入層3を形成する場合、通常、正孔注入層となる材料を可溶な溶媒(正孔注入層用溶媒)と混合して成膜用の組成物(正孔注入層形成用組成物)を調製する。この正孔注入層形成用組成物を正孔注入層の下層に該当する層(通常は、陽極)上に塗布して成膜し、乾燥させることにより正孔注入層3を形成する。 (Formation of hole injection layer by wet film formation method)
When the
正孔注入層3は、通常、成膜後に、加熱や減圧乾燥等により塗布膜を乾燥させる。 The formation of the
In the
真空蒸着法により正孔注入層3を形成する場合には、通常、正孔注入層3の構成材料の1種類又は2種類以上を真空容器内に設置された坩堝に入れ(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々を別々の坩堝に入れ)、真空容器内を真空ポンプで10-4Pa程度まで排気する。その後、坩堝を加熱して(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々の坩堝を加熱して)、坩堝内の材料の蒸発量を制御しながら蒸発させ(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常それぞれ独立して蒸発量を制御しながら蒸発させ)、坩堝に向き合って置かれた基板上の陽極上に正孔注入層を形成する。なお、2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、それらの混合物を坩堝に入れ、加熱、蒸発させて正孔注入層を形成することもできる。 (Formation of hole injection layer by vacuum deposition method)
When the
正孔輸送層4は、陽極2側から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を担う層である。正孔輸送層4は、本発明の有機電界発光素子では、陽極2から発光層5に正孔を輸送する機能を強化する点では、この層を形成することが好ましい。正孔輸送層4を形成する場合、通常、正孔輸送層4は、陽極2と発光層5の間に形成される。上述の正孔注入層3がある場合は、正孔輸送層4は正孔注入層3と発光層5の間に形成される。 <Hole transport layer>
The
湿式成膜法で正孔輸送層を形成する場合は、通常、上述の正孔注入層を湿式成膜法で形成する場合と同様にして、正孔注入層形成用組成物の代わりに正孔輸送層形成用組成物を用いて形成させる。 (Formation of hole transport layer by wet film formation method)
When the hole transport layer is formed by the wet film forming method, holes are usually formed instead of the hole injection layer forming composition in the same manner as in the case where the hole injection layer is formed by the wet film forming method. It is formed using a composition for forming a transport layer.
真空蒸着法で正孔輸送層を形成する場合についても、通常、上述の正孔注入層を真空蒸着法で形成する場合と同様にして、正孔注入層形成用組成物の代わりに正孔輸送層形成用組成物を用いて形成させることができる。蒸着時の真空度、蒸着速度及び温度等の成膜条件などは、前記正孔注入層の真空蒸着時と同様の条件で成膜することができる。 (Formation of hole transport layer by vacuum deposition method)
Also in the case of forming the hole transport layer by the vacuum vapor deposition method, the hole transport is usually performed instead of the composition for forming the hole injection layer in the same manner as in the case of forming the hole injection layer by the vacuum vapor deposition method. It can be formed using a layer-forming composition. The film formation conditions such as the degree of vacuum, the vapor deposition rate, and the temperature at the time of vapor deposition can be the same as those at the time of vacuum deposition of the hole injection layer.
発光層5は、一対の電極間に電界が与えられた時に、陽極2から注入される正孔と陰極7から注入される電子が再結合することにより励起され、発光する機能を担う層である。
発光層5は、陽極2と陰極7の間に形成される層である。発光層は、陽極の上に正孔注入層がある場合は、正孔注入層と陰極の間に形成される。陽極の上に正孔輸送層がある場合は、発光層5は正孔輸送層と陰極の間に形成される。
本発明における有機電界発光素子は、発光材料として前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物を含み、ホスト材料として、前記化合物I、前記化合物II、前記化合物III、及び前記化合物IVの少なくとも1種を含む、発光層を有することが好ましい。
さらに、ホスト材料としては、電子輸送性を有する材料及び正孔輸送性を有する材料を含むことが好ましいことから、電子輸送性ホスト材料として、第2のホスト材料である式(30)で表される化合物及び前記化合物IIの少なくとも一方を含み、かつ、正孔輸送性ホスト材料として、前記化合物III及び前記化合物IVの少なくとも一方を含むことが好ましい。
本発明の有機電界発光素子の発光層が第2のホストとして前記式(30)で表される化合物を含む場合の好ましい配合比(質量比)は次の通りである。
前記式(30)で表される化合物と前記化合物Iとの合計100に対する前記化合物Iの配合量として、50以下が好ましく、40以下がよりに好ましく、30以下がさらに好ましく、25以下が特に好ましく、5以上が好ましく、10以上がさらに好ましく、20以上が特に好ましい。
前記式(30)で表される化合物と前記化合物IIとの合計100に対する前記化合物IIの配合量としては、30以下が好ましく、20以下がよりに好ましく、10以下がさらに好ましく、5以下が特に好ましく、1以上が好ましく、3以上がさらに好ましい。
前記式(30)で表される化合物と前記化合物IIIとの合計100に対する前記化合物IIIの配合量としては、30以下が好ましく、20以下がよりに好ましく、10以下がさらに好ましく、5以下が特に好ましく、1以上が好ましく、3以上がさらに好ましい。
前記式(30)で表される化合物と前記化合物IVとの合計100に対する前記化合物IVの配合量としては、70以下が好ましく、50以下がさらに好ましく、30以下が特に好ましく、20以下が最も好ましく、1以上が好ましく、3以上がさらに好ましく、5以上が特に好ましい。 <Light emitting layer>
The light emitting layer 5 is a layer having a function of emitting light by being excited by recombination of holes injected from the
The light emitting layer 5 is a layer formed between the
The organic electroluminescent device in the present invention contains the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1) as a light emitting material, and the above compound I, the said compound II, the said compound III, and the said compound IV as host materials. It is preferable to have a light emitting layer containing at least one kind.
Further, since the host material preferably contains a material having electron transporting property and a material having hole transporting property, the host material is represented by the formula (30) which is the second host material as the electron transporting host material. It is preferable that the compound and at least one of the compound II are contained, and at least one of the compound III and the compound IV is contained as the hole transporting host material.
The preferable compounding ratio (mass ratio) when the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention contains the compound represented by the above formula (30) as the second host is as follows.
The blending amount of the compound I with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound I is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 40 or less, further preferably 30 or less, and particularly preferably 25 or less. 5 or more is preferable, 10 or more is more preferable, and 20 or more is particularly preferable.
The blending amount of the compound II with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound II is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. Preferably, 1 or more is preferable, and 3 or more is more preferable.
The blending amount of the compound III with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound III is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. Preferably, 1 or more is preferable, and 3 or more is more preferable.
The blending amount of the compound IV with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound IV is preferably 70 or less, more preferably 50 or less, particularly preferably 30 or less, and most preferably 20 or less. 1 or more is preferable, 3 or more is more preferable, and 5 or more is particularly preferable.
発光層の形成方法は、真空蒸着法でも、湿式成膜法でもよいが、成膜性に優れることから、湿式成膜法が好ましく、スピンコート法及びインクジェット法が更に好ましい。特に、本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いて発光層を形成すると、湿式成膜法による積層化が容易であるため、湿式成膜法を採用することが好ましい。湿式成膜法により発光層を形成する場合は、通常、上述の正孔注入層を湿式成膜法で形成する場合と同様にして、正孔注入層形成用組成物の代わりに、発光層となる材料を可溶な溶媒(発光層用溶媒)と混合して調製した発光層形成用組成物を用いて形成する。 (Formation of light emitting layer by wet film formation method)
The light emitting layer may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film forming method, but the wet film forming method is preferable, and the spin coating method and the inkjet method are more preferable because of the excellent film forming property. In particular, when a light emitting layer is formed using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention, laminating by a wet film forming method is easy, so that it is preferable to adopt a wet film forming method. When the light emitting layer is formed by the wet film forming method, usually, the hole injection layer is formed with the light emitting layer instead of the composition for forming the hole injection layer in the same manner as in the case of forming the hole injection layer by the wet film forming method. The material is formed by using a composition for forming a light emitting layer prepared by mixing a soluble solvent (solvent for a light emitting layer).
発光層5と後述の電子輸送層6との間に、正孔阻止層を設けてもよい。正孔阻止層は、発光層5の上に、発光層5の陰極7側の界面に接するように積層される層である。 <Hole blocking layer>
A hole blocking layer may be provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the electron transport layer 6 described later. The hole blocking layer is a layer laminated on the light emitting layer 5 so as to be in contact with the interface on the cathode 7 side of the light emitting layer 5.
電子輸送層6は素子の電流効率をさらに向上させることを目的として、発光層5と陰極7との間に設けられる。 <Electron transport layer>
The electron transport layer 6 is provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the cathode 7 for the purpose of further improving the current efficiency of the device.
陰極7から注入された電子を効率よく電子輸送層6又は発光層5へ注入するために、電子輸送層6と陰極7との間に電子注入層を設けてもよい。 <Electron injection layer>
In order to efficiently inject the electrons injected from the cathode 7 into the electron transport layer 6 or the light emitting layer 5, an electron injection layer may be provided between the electron transport layer 6 and the cathode 7.
湿式成膜法の場合の詳細は、前述の発光層の場合と同様である。 The electron injection layer is formed by laminating on the light emitting layer 5 or the hole blocking layer or the electron transport layer 6 on the light emitting layer 5 by a wet film forming method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
The details of the wet film forming method are the same as those of the above-mentioned light emitting layer.
陰極7は、発光層5側の層(電子注入層又は発光層など)に電子を注入する役割を果たす。 <Cathode>
The cathode 7 plays a role of injecting electrons into a layer on the light emitting layer 5 side (electron injection layer, light emitting layer, or the like).
本発明の有機電界発光素子は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわなければ、更に他の層を有していてもよい。陽極と陰極との間に、他の任意の層を有していてもよい。 <Other layers>
The organic electroluminescent device of the present invention may further have another layer as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. Any other layer may be provided between the anode and the cathode.
本発明の有機電界発光素子は、上述の説明とは逆の構造、即ち、例えば、基板上に陰極、電子注入層、電子輸送層、正孔阻止層、発光層、正孔輸送層、正孔注入層、陽極の順に積層することも可能である。 <Other element configurations>
The organic electroluminescent device of the present invention has a structure opposite to that described above, that is, for example, a cathode, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer, a light emitting layer, a hole transport layer, and holes on a substrate. It is also possible to stack the injection layer and the anode in this order.
本発明の有機EL表示装置(有機電界発光素子表示装置)は、本発明の有機電界発光素子を備える。本発明の有機EL表示装置の型式や構造については特に制限はなく、本発明の有機電界発光素子を用いて常法に従って組み立てることができる。 [Organic EL display device]
The organic EL display device (organic electroluminescent element display device) of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention. The model and structure of the organic EL display device of the present invention are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
本発明の有機EL照明(有機電界発光素子照明)は、本発明の有機電界発光素子を備える。本発明の有機EL照明の型式や構造については特に制限はなく、本発明の有機電界発光素子を用いて常法に従って組み立てることができる。 [Organic EL lighting]
The organic EL lighting (organic electroluminescent element lighting) of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention. The type and structure of the organic EL lighting of the present invention are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
有機電界発光素子を以下の方法で作製した。
ガラス基板上にインジウム・スズ酸化物(ITO)透明導電膜を50nmの厚さに堆積したもの(ジオマテック社製、スパッタ成膜品)を通常のフォトリソグラフィー技術と塩酸エッチングを用いて2mm幅のストライプにパターニングして陽極を形成した。このようにITOをパターン形成した基板を、界面活性剤水溶液による超音波洗浄、超純水による水洗、超純水による超音波洗浄、超純水による水洗の順で洗浄後、圧縮空気で乾燥させ、最後に紫外線オゾン洗浄を行った。 [Example I-1]
An organic electroluminescent device was manufactured by the following method.
A 2 mm wide stripe of indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent conductive film deposited on a glass substrate to a thickness of 50 nm (a sputtered film product manufactured by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) using ordinary photolithography technology and hydrochloric acid etching. The anode was formed by patterning. The substrate on which the ITO pattern is formed is washed in the order of ultrasonic cleaning with an aqueous solution of a surfactant, water washing with ultrapure water, ultrasonic cleaning with ultrapure water, and water washing with ultrapure water, and then dried with compressed air. Finally, UV ozone cleaning was performed.
以上の様にして、2mm×2mmのサイズの発光面積部分を有する有機電界発光素子を得た。 Subsequently, a 2 mm wide striped shadow mask as a mask for cathode vapor deposition is brought into close contact with the substrate so as to be orthogonal to the ITO stripe of the anode, and aluminum is heated by a molybdenum boat to form an aluminum layer having a thickness of 80 nm. Formed to form a cathode.
As described above, an organic electroluminescent device having a light emitting area portion having a size of 2 mm × 2 mm was obtained.
発光層形成用組成物の組成を(H-1)を97質量部、(D-1)を3質量部として、(H-2)を用いなかったこと以外は、実施例I-1と同様にして素子を作製した。 [Comparative Example 1]
The composition of the light emitting layer forming composition is the same as that of Example I-1 except that (H-1) is 97 parts by mass, (D-1) is 3 parts by mass, and (H-2) is not used. The element was manufactured.
実施例I-1および比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に20mA/cm2の電流密度で通電し続けた際に、素子の輝度が初期輝度の75%まで低下する時間(LT75(hr))を測定した。表1に、比較例1のLT75を1としたときの実施例I-1のLT75の相対値を相対寿命として記した。 [Evaluation of element]
When the organic electroluminescent elements obtained in Example I-1 and Comparative Example 1 are continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time during which the brightness of the element decreases to 75% of the initial brightness (LT75 (hr)). )) Was measured. In Table 1, the relative value of the LT75 of Example I-1 when the LT75 of Comparative Example 1 is set to 1 is shown as the relative lifetime.
発光層の材料として、下記の構造式(H-1)を92質量部、(H-3)を5質量部、(D-1)を3質量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させ固形分濃度4.2質量%の溶液を調製し、発光層形成用組成物とした。 [Example II-1]
As the material of the light emitting layer, 92 parts by mass of the following structural formula (H-1), 5 parts by mass of (H-3), and 3 parts by mass of (D-1) are weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to have a solid content concentration. A 4.2% by mass solution was prepared and used as a composition for forming a light emitting layer.
実施例II-1、および比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に10mA/cm2の電流密度で通電したときの電圧(V)、発光効率として、電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。また、有機電界発光素子に20mA/cm2の電流密度で通電し続けた際に、有機電界発光素子の輝度が初期輝度の75%まで低下する時間を寿命(hr)として測定した。 [Evaluation of element]
The voltage (V) when the organic electric field light emitting elements obtained in Example II-1 and Comparative Example 1 are energized at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 , and the luminous efficiency is current luminous efficiency (cd / A) and external. Quantum efficiency (EQE) (%) was measured. Further, when the organic electroluminescent element was continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time during which the brightness of the organic electroluminescent element decreased to 75% of the initial brightness was measured as the lifetime (hr).
発光層の材料として、前記構造式(H-1)を92質量部、下記構造式(H-6)を5質量部、前記構造式(D-1)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例II-1と同様にして素子を作製した。 [Example II-2]
As the material of the light emitting layer, it is carried out except that the structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following structural formula (H-6) is 5 parts by mass, and the structural formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example II-1.
発光層の材料として、前記構造式(H-1)を92質量部、下記構造式(H-7)を5質量部、前記構造式(D-1)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例II-1と同様にして素子を作製した。 [Example II-3]
As the material of the light emitting layer, it is carried out except that the structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following structural formula (H-7) is 5 parts by mass, and the structural formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example II-1.
実施例II-2、および比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に10mA/cm2の電流密度で通電したときの発光効率として、電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。また、有機電界発光素子に20mA/cm2の電流密度で通電し続けた際に、有機電界発光素子の輝度が初期輝度の75%まで低下する時間を寿命(hr)として測定した。 [Evaluation of element]
Current luminous efficiency (cd / A) and external quantum efficiency (EQE) are the luminous efficiencies when the organic electric field light emitting elements obtained in Example II-2 and Comparative Example 1 are energized at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 . (%) Was measured. Further, when the organic electroluminescent element was continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time during which the brightness of the organic electroluminescent element decreased to 75% of the initial brightness was measured as the lifetime (hr).
発光層の材料として、下記の構造式(H-1)を92質量部、(H-4)を5質量部、(D-1)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例I-1と同様にして素子を作製した。 [Example III-1]
As the material of the light emitting layer, the following structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, (H-4) is 5 parts by mass, and (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner.
発光層の材料として、(H-4)の替わりに下記構造を有する(H-5)を使用した他は、実施例III-1と同様にして素子を作製した。 [Example III-2]
An element was produced in the same manner as in Example III-1 except that (H-5) having the following structure was used instead of (H-4) as the material of the light emitting layer.
実施例III-1、実施例III-2、および前述の比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に10mA/cm2の電流密度で通電したときの電圧(V)、発光効率として電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。 [Evaluation of element]
The voltage (V) when the organic electric field light emitting element obtained in Example III-1, Example III-2, and Comparative Example 1 described above is energized at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 , and the current luminous efficiency as the luminous efficiency. (Cd / A) and external quantum efficiency (EQE) (%) were measured.
また、実施例III-1及び比較例1で得られた素子に20mA/cm2の電流密度で通電し続けた際に、素子の輝度が初期輝度の90%まで低下する時間(hr)を素子寿命として測定したところ、比較例1の寿命を1とした場合の実施例III-1の相対寿命は1.39であり、長寿命化したことが判った。 As shown in Table 5, it was found that the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention using compound III as the first host material has high luminous efficiency and improved device performance with low voltage drive.
Further, when the elements obtained in Example III-1 and Comparative Example 1 are continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time (hr) in which the brightness of the element decreases to 90% of the initial brightness is set. When measured as the life, the relative life of Example III-1 was 1.39 when the life of Comparative Example 1 was 1, indicating that the life was extended.
次に、発光層の発光材料が従来用いられていた発光材料である場合に対する効果の優位性を確認した。 [Superiority over conventional technology]
Next, it was confirmed that the effect is superior to the case where the light emitting material of the light emitting layer is a light emitting material conventionally used.
発光層の材料として、前記式(H-1)を92質量部、前記式(H-5)を5質量部、下記式(D-2)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例III-2と同様にして素子を作製した。 [Comparative Example III-1]
Example III-Except that the formula (H-1) was 92 parts by mass, the formula (H-5) was 5 parts by mass, and the following formula (D-2) was 3 parts by mass as the material of the light emitting layer. The element was manufactured in the same manner as in 2.
発光層の材料として、前記式(H-1)を97質量部、前記式(D-2)を3質量部としたこと以外は比較例III-1と同様にして素子を作製した。 [Comparative Example III-2]
As the material of the light emitting layer, an element was manufactured in the same manner as in Comparative Example III-1 except that the formula (H-1) was 97 parts by mass and the formula (D-2) was 3 parts by mass.
比較例III-1及び比較例III-2で得られた有機電界発光素子に10mA/cm2の電流密度で通電したときの電圧(V)を測定し、比較例III-1の電圧から比較例III-2の電圧を引いた電圧差は、-0.03Vであった。
表5の実施例III-2に示すように、発光層の発光材料として前記式(D-1)を用い、かつ、第1のホスト材料として化合物IIIを用いた場合、電圧差は-0.13Vであったことから、本発明の有機電界発光素子は、従来の有機電界発光素子よりも低電圧化の効果が大きいことが判る。 [Evaluation of element]
The voltage (V) when the organic electric field light emitting elements obtained in Comparative Example III-1 and Comparative Example III-2 were energized at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 was measured, and the voltage of Comparative Example III-1 was used as a comparative example. The voltage difference minus the voltage of III-2 was -0.03V.
As shown in Example III-2 of Table 5, when the above formula (D-1) is used as the light emitting material of the light emitting layer and compound III is used as the first host material, the voltage difference is −0. Since it was 13 V, it can be seen that the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention has a greater effect of lowering the voltage than the conventional organic electroluminescent device.
発光層の材料として、前記式(H-1)を92質量部、下記式(H-8)を5質量部、前記(D-1)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例I-1と同様にして素子を作製した。 [Example IV-1]
Examples I-1 as the material of the light emitting layer, except that the formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following formula (H-8) is 5 parts by mass, and the formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner as above.
実施例IV-1、および比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子を、1000cd/m2で発光させたときの電圧(V)、発光効率として、電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。また、有機電界発光素子に20mA/cm2の電流密度で通電し続けた際に、有機電界発光素子の輝度が初期輝度の75%まで低下する時間を寿命(hr)として測定した。 [Evaluation of element]
The voltage (V) when the organic electric field light emitting elements obtained in Example IV-1 and Comparative Example 1 were made to emit light at 1000 cd / m 2 , the current light emission efficiency (cd / A) and the external quantum as the light emission efficiency. Efficiency (EQE) (%) was measured. Further, when the organic electroluminescent element was continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time during which the brightness of the organic electroluminescent element decreased to 75% of the initial brightness was measured as the lifetime (hr).
次に、正孔輸送層を形成する第2の重合体として架橋基を有さない重合体を用い、
発光層のホスト材料として、化合物II及び化合物IVを含む有機電界発光素子を作製した。
正孔輸送層の材料として、前記式(HT-1)の替わりに、下記式(HT-2)を用い、
発光層の材料として、下記式(H-9)を22.5質量部、下記式(H-10)を22.5質量部、前記式(H-8)を15質量部、下記式(D-3)を3質量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させ固形分濃度4.2質量%の溶液を調製し、発光層形成用組成物としたとしたこと以外は実施例I-1と同様にして素子を作製した。 [Example 1]
Next, a polymer having no cross-linking group was used as the second polymer forming the hole transport layer.
An organic electroluminescent device containing compound II and compound IV was produced as a host material for the light emitting layer.
As the material of the hole transport layer, the following formula (HT-2) is used instead of the above formula (HT-1).
As the material of the light emitting layer, the following formula (H-9) is 22.5 parts by mass, the following formula (H-10) is 22.5 parts by mass, the above formula (H-8) is 15 parts by mass, and the following formula (D). -3) was weighed in 3 parts by mass, dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 4.2% by mass, and the same as in Example I-1 except that the composition was prepared as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. The element was manufactured.
正孔輸送層の材料として、前記構造式(HT-2)で表される化合物の代わりに、前記構造式(HT-3)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして有機電界発光素子を作製した。 [Example 2]
Organic electroluminescence is carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structural formula (HT-3) is used instead of the compound represented by the structural formula (HT-2) as the material of the hole transport layer. The element was manufactured.
正孔輸送層の材料として、前記構造式(HT-2)で表される化合物の代わりに、前記構造式(HT-1)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして有機電界発光素子を作製した。 [Example 3]
Organic electroluminescence is carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structural formula (HT-1) is used instead of the compound represented by the structural formula (HT-2) as the material of the hole transport layer. The element was manufactured.
実施例1~実施例3で得られた有機電界発光素子の発光スペクトルはいずれも、ピーク波長528nm、半値幅30nmの緑色発光が確認された。これらの有機電界発光素子を、輝度1000cd/m2で発光させたときの電圧(V)、電流効率(cd/A)を測定した。 [Evaluation of organic electroluminescent device]
In all the emission spectra of the organic electroluminescent devices obtained in Examples 1 to 3, green emission with a peak wavelength of 528 nm and a half width of 30 nm was confirmed. The voltage (V) and current efficiency (cd / A) when these organic electroluminescent elements were made to emit light at a brightness of 1000 cd / m 2 were measured.
本出願は、2020年12月24日付で出願された日本特許出願2020-214856、日本特許出願2020-214857、及び日本特許出願2020-214858に基づいており、その全体が引用により援用される。 Although the present invention has been described in detail using specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications can be made without departing from the intent and scope of the invention.
This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-214856, Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-214857, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-214858 filed on December 24, 2020, which are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
2 陽極
3 正孔注入層
4 正孔輸送層
5 発光層
6 電子輸送層
7 陰極
8 有機電界発光素子
1
Claims (23)
- 下記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物と、下記化合物I、下記化合物II、下記化合物III、及び下記化合物IVの少なくとも1種と、有機溶媒とを含む、組成物。
環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-Ra)2-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
前記Raは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物
Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
Xa1、Ya1、及びZa1は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
Xa2、Ya2及びZa2は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa2、Ya2、Za2は水素原子ではない。)
Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
n24は1~4の整数を表し、
n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。)
Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。) A composition comprising a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (1), at least one of the following compound I, the following compound II, the following compound III, and the following compound IV, and an organic solvent.
Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. ) - 前記式(1)におけるYが、N-Rである、請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein Y in the formula (1) is NR.
- 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23、Ar24、Ar27、Ar28、Ar29、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のうちの少なくとも一つが下記式(21)又は下記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項1又は2に記載の組成物。
- 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24のうちのいずれか一つと、Ar27、Ar28及びAr29のうちのいずれか一つと、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のうちのいずれか一つが、前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項3に記載の組成物。 In the above formula (20), any one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 , any one of Ar 27 , Ar 28 and Ar 29 , and Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 . The composition according to claim 3, wherein any one of them has a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22).
- 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar27及びAr32が前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項4に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 4, wherein in the formula (20), Ar 22 , Ar 27 , and Ar 32 have a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22).
- 前記式(21)で表される構造が下記式(21-1)、(21-2)、(21-3)、(21-4)、又は(21-5)で表される構造であり、かつ、前記式(22)で表される構造が下記式(22-1)、(22-2)、(22-3)又は(22-4)で表される構造である、請求項3~5のいずれかに記載の組成物。
- 前記式(200)における3つのWのうちの少なくとも2つがNである、請求項1又は2に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein at least two of the three Ws in the formula (200) are N.
- 前記式(200)におけるWが全てNである、請求項7に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 7, wherein W in the formula (200) is all N.
- 前記式(210)、前記式(220)、及び前記式(230)におけるAr41、Ar42及びAr43が、下記式(20-1)~(20-13)のいずれかで表される基である、請求項1又は2に記載の組成物。
Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。) The group represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13) in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 in the formula (230). The composition according to claim 1 or 2.
Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. ) - 請求項1~9のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物を塗布、乾燥して発光層を形成する工程を含む、有機電界発光素子の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device, which comprises a step of applying and drying the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
- 請求項10の有機電界発光素子の製造方法を含む、有機EL表示装置の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an organic EL display device, which comprises the method for manufacturing the organic electroluminescent element according to claim 10.
- 請求項10の有機電界発光素子の製造方法を含む、有機EL照明の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing organic EL lighting, which comprises the method for manufacturing the organic electroluminescent element according to claim 10.
- 陽極、陰極、及び陽極と陰極の間に設けられた発光層を有し、
該発光層が、下記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物と、下記化合物I、下記化合物II、下記化合物III、及び下記化合物IVの少なくとも1種とを含む、有機電界発光素子。
環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-Ra)2-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
前記Raは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物
Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
Xa1、Ya1、及びZa1は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
Xa2、Ya2及びZa2は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZa1は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa2、Ya2、Za2は水素原子ではない。)
Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
n24は1~4の整数を表し、
n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。)
Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。) It has an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer provided between the anode and the cathode.
An organic electroluminescent device in which the light emitting layer contains a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (1) and at least one of the following compound I, the following compound II, the following compound III, and the following compound IV.
Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. ) - 前記式(1)におけるYが、N-Rである、請求項13に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 13, wherein Y in the formula (1) is NR.
- 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23、Ar24、Ar27、Ar28、Ar29、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34の少なくとも一つが下記式(21)又は下記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項13又は14に記載の有機電界発光素子。
- 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24のいずれか一つと、Ar27、Ar28及びAr29のいずれか一つと、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のいずれか一つが前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項15に記載の有機電界発光素子。 In the formula (20), any one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , and Ar 24 , any one of Ar 27 , Ar 28 , and Ar 29 , and any one of Ar 32 , Ar 33 , and Ar 34 are the above formulas. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 15, which has a structure represented by (21) or the above formula (22).
- 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar27及びAr32が前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項16に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 16, wherein in the formula (20), Ar 22 , Ar 27 , and Ar 32 have a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22).
- 前記式(21)で表される構造が下記式(21-1)、(21-2)、(21-3)、(21-4)又は(21-5)で表される構造であり、かつ、前記式(22)で表される構造が下記式(22-1)、(22-2)、(22-3)又は(22-4)で表される構造である、請求項15~17のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子。
- 前記式(200)における3つのWのうちの少なくとも2つがNである、請求項13又は14に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein at least two of the three Ws in the formula (200) are N.
- 前記式(200)におけるWが全てNである、請求項19に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 19, wherein W in the formula (200) is all N.
- 前記式(210)、前記式(220)、及び前記式(230)におけるAr41、Ar42及びAr43が、下記式(20-1)~(20-13)のいずれかで表される基である、請求項13又は14に記載の有機電界発光素子。
Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。) The group in which Ar 41 , Ar 42 and Ar 43 in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the formula (230) are represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13). The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 13 or 14.
Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. ) - 請求項13~21のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を含む、有機EL表示装置。 An organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 13 to 21.
- 請求項13~21のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を含む、有機EL照明。
Organic EL lighting comprising the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 13 to 21.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020237020109A KR20230124575A (en) | 2020-12-24 | 2021-12-23 | Composition, organic electroluminescent device and manufacturing method thereof, organic electroluminescent display device and manufacturing method thereof, organic electroluminescent lighting and manufacturing method thereof |
JP2022571601A JPWO2022138790A1 (en) | 2020-12-24 | 2021-12-23 | |
CN202180085844.9A CN116685592A (en) | 2020-12-24 | 2021-12-23 | Composition for forming light-emitting layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic EL display device, and organic EL illumination |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2020214856 | 2020-12-24 | ||
JP2020-214858 | 2020-12-24 | ||
JP2020214858 | 2020-12-24 | ||
JP2020-214856 | 2020-12-24 | ||
JP2020214857 | 2020-12-24 | ||
JP2020-214857 | 2020-12-24 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022138790A1 true WO2022138790A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 |
Family
ID=82156960
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2021/047764 WO2022138790A1 (en) | 2020-12-24 | 2021-12-23 | Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2022138790A1 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20230124575A (en) |
TW (1) | TW202233805A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2022138790A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2024090353A1 (en) * | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-02 | 東レ株式会社 | Compound, luminescent element material, luminescent element, display device, and illuminator |
WO2024144087A1 (en) * | 2022-12-29 | 2024-07-04 | 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 | Compound for organic electric element, organic electric element using same, and electronic device therefor |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2018135656A1 (en) * | 2017-01-23 | 2018-07-26 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Composition for forming light emitting layer and organic electroluminescent element containing said composition for forming light emitting layer |
JP2019057484A (en) * | 2017-09-22 | 2019-04-11 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element, and manufacturing method of organic electroluminescent element |
WO2019120125A1 (en) * | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-27 | 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 | Composition for preparing organic electronic device, organic electronic device and application thereof |
WO2020040298A1 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2020-02-27 | 学校法人関西学院 | Organic electroluminescent element, display device, illumination device, luminescent layer forming composition, and compound |
JP2020167393A (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | 住友化学株式会社 | Light emitting element |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10689402B2 (en) | 2015-03-25 | 2020-06-23 | Jnc Corporation | Polycyclic aromatic compound and light emission layer-forming composition |
KR102381180B1 (en) | 2016-09-29 | 2022-04-01 | 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 | Light-emitting devices and compositions useful for manufacturing the light-emitting devices |
WO2018186404A1 (en) | 2017-04-03 | 2018-10-11 | 出光興産株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device |
WO2019198699A1 (en) | 2018-04-12 | 2019-10-17 | 学校法人関西学院 | Cycloalkyl-substituted polycyclic aromatic compound |
JP7445923B2 (en) | 2018-06-06 | 2024-03-08 | 学校法人関西学院 | Tertiary alkyl-substituted polycyclic aromatic compound |
-
2021
- 2021-12-23 WO PCT/JP2021/047764 patent/WO2022138790A1/en active Application Filing
- 2021-12-23 KR KR1020237020109A patent/KR20230124575A/en unknown
- 2021-12-23 JP JP2022571601A patent/JPWO2022138790A1/ja active Pending
- 2021-12-23 TW TW110148310A patent/TW202233805A/en unknown
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2018135656A1 (en) * | 2017-01-23 | 2018-07-26 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Composition for forming light emitting layer and organic electroluminescent element containing said composition for forming light emitting layer |
JP2019057484A (en) * | 2017-09-22 | 2019-04-11 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Organic electroluminescent element, and manufacturing method of organic electroluminescent element |
WO2019120125A1 (en) * | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-27 | 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 | Composition for preparing organic electronic device, organic electronic device and application thereof |
WO2020040298A1 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2020-02-27 | 学校法人関西学院 | Organic electroluminescent element, display device, illumination device, luminescent layer forming composition, and compound |
JP2020167393A (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | 住友化学株式会社 | Light emitting element |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2024090353A1 (en) * | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-02 | 東レ株式会社 | Compound, luminescent element material, luminescent element, display device, and illuminator |
WO2024144087A1 (en) * | 2022-12-29 | 2024-07-04 | 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 | Compound for organic electric element, organic electric element using same, and electronic device therefor |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW202233805A (en) | 2022-09-01 |
KR20230124575A (en) | 2023-08-25 |
JPWO2022138790A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP5793878B2 (en) | Polymer, organic electroluminescent element material, composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, display device and lighting device | |
JP4766198B2 (en) | Composition for organic device, polymer film and organic electroluminescent element | |
KR101619556B1 (en) | Charge-transporting polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device and organic el illuminating device | |
JP5182441B1 (en) | Organic electroluminescent device, organic electroluminescent lighting device and organic electroluminescent display device | |
JP5434088B2 (en) | Crosslinkable organic compound, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device and organic EL display | |
JP6551394B2 (en) | Polymer, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display device and organic EL lighting | |
WO2022092046A1 (en) | Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting | |
JP6879342B2 (en) | Polymers, compositions for organic electroluminescent devices, organic electroluminescent devices, organic EL display devices and organic EL lighting | |
JP7306345B2 (en) | aromatic compounds | |
JP5326417B2 (en) | Charge transport film and organic electroluminescence device | |
JP5720191B2 (en) | Arylamine polymer, charge transport material, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display device and organic EL illumination | |
WO2022138790A1 (en) | Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination | |
JP6866576B2 (en) | Polymers, compositions for organic electroluminescent devices, organic electroluminescent devices, organic EL display devices and organic EL lighting | |
JPWO2019177175A1 (en) | Polymers, compositions for organic electroluminescent devices, organic electroluminescent devices, organic EL display devices, organic EL lighting, and methods for manufacturing organic electroluminescent devices. | |
WO2020171190A1 (en) | Polymer, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting | |
WO2022138822A1 (en) | Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, organic el lighting, and organic electroluminescent element production method | |
JP5423064B2 (en) | Composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display and organic EL lighting | |
WO2021166900A1 (en) | Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting | |
WO2022059725A1 (en) | Polymer | |
JP7574805B2 (en) | Polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, composition for forming hole transport layer or hole injection layer, organic electroluminescent element, organic EL display device, and organic EL lighting | |
JP5644196B2 (en) | Compound, charge transport material, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display device and organic EL illumination | |
JP2021147325A (en) | Aromatic compound | |
CN116685592A (en) | Composition for forming light-emitting layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic EL display device, and organic EL illumination | |
JP2023143759A (en) | Composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, and organic electroluminescent display | |
JP2022136017A (en) | Aromatic compound |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21910930 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2022571601 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202180085844.9 Country of ref document: CN |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21910930 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |